10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

(Mark One)

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended January 30, 2021

or

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from __________ to __________

Commission file number 000-49885

Kirkland’s, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Tennessee	62-1287151
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
5310 Maryland Way, Brentwood, TN	37027
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

(615) 872-4800

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Trading Symbol(s)	Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, no par value per share	KIRK	NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

(None)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes ☒    No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes ☒    No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	☐	Accelerated filer	☐
Non-accelerated filer	☒	Smaller reporting company	☒
		Emerging growth company	☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes ☐    No ☒

The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of July 31, 2020, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $72.5 million based on the last sale price of the common stock as reported by The Nasdaq Stock Market.

As of March 15, 2021, there were 14,295,257 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Kirkland’s, Inc. to be held June 22, 2021, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FORM 10-K

		Page
Forward-Looking Statements		3
PART I
Item 1.	Business	4
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	11
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	26
Item 2.	Properties	26
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	27
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	27
PART II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	27
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	28
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	28
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk	41
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	41
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	65
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	65
Item 9B.	Other Information	65
PART III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	65
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	66
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	66
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	66
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	67
PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	67
Item 16.	Form 10-K Summary	69
Signatures		69

2

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2021 (“Form 10-K”) contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements may be found throughout this Form 10-K, particularly under the headings “Business” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” among others. Forward-looking statements typically are identified by the use of terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “intend” and similar words, although some forward-looking statements are expressed differently. You should consider statements that contain these words carefully because they describe our expectations, plans, strategies and goals and our beliefs concerning future business conditions, our results of operations, financial position and our business outlook or state other “forward-looking” information based on currently available information. The factors listed in Item 1A. Risk Factors and in the other sections of this Form 10-K provide examples of risks, uncertainties and events that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations expressed in our forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this Form 10-K relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

The terms “Kirkland’s,” “we,” “us,” and “our” as used in this Form 10-K refer to Kirkland’s, Inc.

3

PART I

Item 1. Business

General

We are a specialty retailer of home décor in the United States. As of January 30, 2021, we operated a total of 373 stores in 35 states as well as an e-commerce website, www.kirklands.com. We were founded in 1966, and our current parent corporation, Kirkland’s, Inc., was incorporated in 1981. Our stores present a curated selection of distinctive merchandise, including holiday décor, furniture, textiles, wall décor, decorative accessories, art, mirrors, fragrances and other home decorating items. Our stores offer an extensive assortment of holiday merchandise during seasonal periods. We provide our customers an engaging shopping experience characterized by affordable home décor and inspirational design ideas. This combination of quality and stylish merchandise, value pricing and a stimulating online and store experience allow our customer to furnish their home on a budget.

Business Strategy

Our goal is to be a leading specialty retailer of value home décor and furnishings in our market. We believe the following elements of our business strategy both differentiate us from our competitors and position us for growth.

Product development. Our strategy is to be seen as a home décor store for the complete home furnishing project, in addition to the finishing touches. Our stores contain items covering a range of complementary product categories, and we are known for traditionally-styled, casual decorating merchandise and our seasonal items. We have improved the quality and relevancy of our existing products and added new product categories to our mix including larger furniture pieces, tabletop, rugs and bedding as we aim to be a complete home furnishing brand and not just an accessories store. Our strategy of providing a combination of style, quality and value is an important element in making Kirkland’s a destination store. While we carry items online and in our stores that sell for various price points, our items are perceived by our customers as affordable home décor and accessories.

Omni-channel. Our strategy includes improving omni-channel via website enhancements, more focused digital marketing spending, an expanded online assortment and an in-store experience that is aligned with our omni-channel capabilities. Our stores provide an engaging shopping experience for our customers by making them feel welcome and “at home” while providing inspiring decorative ideas. In addition to our stores, we sell direct-to-customer and facilitate orders for in-store pickup through our buy online and pickup in store (“BOPIS”) and ship-to-store programs on our website at www.kirklands.com. We view our e-commerce channel as a crucial part of our overall business strategy, allowing us to introduce our concept to new customers and complement our “brick-and-mortar” business for a true omni-channel brand experience.

Customer experience. Our strategy to improve the customer experience leverages our lean infrastructure to be more nimble in our response to changes in consumer preferences and buying behaviors. We have redesigned our loyalty program, added extended credit options and broadened delivery options for our customers. We plan to pursue additional customer experience improvements based on changing consumer preferences.

Merchandising

Our merchandising strategy is to offer a curated assortment of quality, relevant home décor merchandise for customers to furnish their entire home on a budget. We maintain a value pricing strategy with affordable prices representing a great value to our customers along with “better” and “best” options. We emphasize merchandise quality and are focused on introducing and refining new product categories including furniture, upholstery, rugs, tabletop and bedding that complement our established categories where we are introducing fresher products and adding stronger points of view.

Daily review of sales and product margin information helps us to maximize the productivity of successful products and categories, and minimize the accumulation of slow-moving inventory. We regularly monitor the sell-through of our merchandise; therefore, the number and make-up of our active items is continuously changing based

4

on changes in selling trends. The composition of our merchandise assortment is relatively consistent across our store base.

We continually strive to increase the perceived value of Kirkland’s products to our customers through our distinctive merchandising, exclusive proprietary products, carefully coordinated in-store signage and visual presentation. Our shoppers regularly experience the satisfaction of paying noticeably less for items similar to those sold by other retailers. We use temporary promotions throughout the year featuring specific items or categories of merchandise along with entire transaction discounts. We believe our value-oriented pricing strategy, coupled with an adherence to high quality standards, is an important element in establishing our distinct brand identity and solidifying our connection with our customers.

Our merchandise categories include holiday décor, furniture, textiles, ornamental wall décor, decorative accessories, art, mirrors, fragrance and accessories, lamps, artificial floral products, housewares, outdoor living items, gifts and frames. The following table presents the percentage of net sales contributed by our merchandise categories based on our current category structure over the last three fiscal years:

	% of Net Sales
Merchandise Category	Fiscal 2020			Fiscal 2019			Fiscal 2018
Holiday		22	%		19	%		17	%
Furniture		15			11			11
Textiles		10			8			6
Ornamental Wall Décor		9			10			12
Decorative Accessories		8			10			10
Art		7			8			9
Mirrors		6			6			6
Fragrances and Accessories		6			6			6
Lamps		4			5			6
Floral		4			5			4
Housewares		4			4			4
Outdoor Living		3			3			3
Gift		1			3			4
Frames		1			2			2
Total		100	%		100	%		100	%

Purchasing and Inventory Management

Our merchandise team purchases inventory on a centralized basis to take advantage of our consolidated buying power and our technology to closely control the merchandise mix in our stores and online. Our buying team selects all of our products, negotiates with vendors and works with our planning and allocation team to optimize merchandise quantity and mix by category in our stores and on our website. We purchase merchandise from approximately 200 vendors, with only one vendor representing more than 10% of our purchases during fiscal 2020. Approximately 80 core vendors accounted for 90% of our merchandise purchases during fiscal 2020.

Approximately 76% of our total merchandise purchases are products manufactured in China with the remainder mainly from domestic manufacturers, India or Vietnam. We continue to monitor the impact of tariffs on products that we source from China and adjust our strategies to mitigate any negative impact, including negotiating with our vendors, seeking alternative sourcing options and adjusting retail selling prices. For our purchases of merchandise manufactured abroad, we have historically bought from importers or U.S.-based representatives of foreign manufacturers rather than contracting directly with foreign manufacturers. As part of our key strategic initiatives, we implemented a direct sourcing program in fiscal 2019, which allows us to purchase some of our merchandise directly from manufacturers in an effort to lower the cost of merchandise purchases and improve the design and quality of our merchandise. Direct sourcing accounted for approximately 20% of our purchases in fiscal 2020. We plan to increase the percentage of merchandise that we directly source from manufactures, targeting 40% to 50% of total merchandise purchases over the next two to three years.

5

Our merchandise planning and allocation team manages inventory levels, allocates merchandise to stores and e-commerce and replenishes inventory. Our inventory control systems monitor current inventory levels at each store and distribution center location. We also continually monitor recent selling history within each store and on our website by category, classification and item to properly allocate future purchases to maximize sales and gross margin. Each of our stores is internally classified for merchandising purposes based on certain criteria including sales volume, size, location and historical performance. Although our stores carry similar merchandise, the variety and depth of products in a given store may vary depending on the store’s rank and classification. Where applicable, inventory purchases and allocation are also tailored based on regional or demographic differences between stores in selected categories. On our website, we carry a larger selection of merchandise than in our store locations, including online-exclusive items.

Store Operations

General. In addition to corporate management, three regional directors and 17 district managers (who generally have responsibility for an average of 22 stores within a geographic district) manage store operations. Store managers and assistant managers are responsible for the day-to-day operation of the store, including sales, customer service, merchandise display, human resource functions and store security. A typical store operates seven days a week with an average of 8 to 14 employees, including a combination of full and part-time employees, depending on the volume of the store and the season. Additional part-time employees are typically hired to assist with the increased traffic and sales volume in the fourth quarter of the calendar year.

Merchandise presentation. Our strategy is to present merchandise in a visually appealing manner to create an engaging shopping experience that inspires home decorating. Merchandise is displayed according to placement guidelines and directives given to stores by the merchandise presentation team. This process promotes uniform display standards throughout our stores depending upon multiple store configurations. Using multiple types of fixtures, products are displayed by category or product type or complementary merchandise is creatively grouped together.

Real Estate

As part of our store optimization strategy, which includes exiting unprofitable stores and continuing to reduce the store base over the next several years, we closed 59 store locations in fiscal 2020. We are prioritizing sustained improvement in overall profitability and developing a future state plan for infrastructure that complements our omni-channel concept and improves the customer experience. We anticipate additional store closures and limited store openings as we execute our store optimization strategy over the next few years. We believe our ideal store count should be in the range of 300 to 350 stores.

As of January 30, 2021, we operated 373 stores, including 318 “power” strip or “lifestyle” centers, 27 freestanding locations, 14 mall locations and 14 outlet centers.

The following table provides a history of our store openings and closings for the last five fiscal years:

	Fiscal 2020			Fiscal 2019			Fiscal 2018			Fiscal 2017			Fiscal 2015
Stores open at beginning of period		432			428			418			404			376
Store openings		—			5			25			31			42
Store closings		(59	)		(1	)		(15	)		(17	)		(14	)
Stores open at end of period		373			432			428			418			404

Distribution and Logistics

We have a comprehensive approach to the management of our merchandise supply chain. We continuously evaluate the impact of our omni-channel strategies on our business, and frequently implement enhancements to our supply chain infrastructure and warehouse management system to support store and e-commerce fulfillment.

6

Our main retail distribution center in Jackson, Tennessee services approximately 75% of our stores. In fiscal 2019, we began using a third-party operated retail fulfillment facility in Lancaster, Texas which services the other 25% of our stores. In fiscal 2020, we closed our separate e-commerce order fulfillment center in Jackson, Tennessee and consolidated e-commerce order fulfilment into our main Jackson, Tennessee retail distribution center. We also opened two new smaller e-commerce order fulfillment centers in North Las Vegas, Nevada and Winchester, Virginia in order to reduce the time to deliver customer orders, fixed costs and shipping expenses. We also have a third-party operated west coast distribution operation, which provides for the improved flow of merchandise through our supply chain network. By virtue of this operation, we gain control of merchandise when it enters the west coast port, which allows us to allocate and distribute inventory directly to any of our four retail or e-commerce fulfillment distribution centers.

We upgraded our internal warehouse management system in fiscal 2020 to provide increased functionality that supports e-commerce fulfillment at our e-commerce fulfillment locations. We plan to upgrade our internal warehouse management system related to store fulfillment at our Jackson, Tennessee location in fiscal 2021.

We currently utilize third-party carriers to transport merchandise from our Jackson, Tennessee and Lancaster, Texas distribution centers to our stores. Almost all of our stores utilize direct, full truckload deliveries, which results in lower distribution costs and allows our field personnel to better schedule store associates for the receiving process.

Information Systems

We have invested considerable resources in our management information systems to manage the purchase, pricing and distribution of our merchandise, improve our operating efficiencies and support online operations. Our key management information systems include a merchandise management system, point-of-sale system, an e-commerce platform, an e-commerce order management system, a warehouse management system, a financial system and a labor management tool. Our merchandise management system provides us with tools to manage aspects of our merchandise assortment and integrates all merchandising and inventory management applications including inventory tracking, purchase order management, merchandise financial planning, allocation, and replenishment and sales audit and ultimately interfaces with our financial system.

We continue to evaluate and improve the functionality of our systems to maximize their effectiveness. Such efforts include ongoing hardware and software evaluations, refreshes and upgrades to support optimal software configurations and application performance. We plan to continue to invest in information technology and implement efficiency-driving system enhancements. We continue to strengthen the security of our information systems and invest in technology to support store, distribution facility and omni-channel expansion. These efforts are directed toward improving business processes, maintaining secure, efficient and stable systems, implementing new features and enabling the continued growth and success of our business.

Marketing

Kirkland’s is a brand with an emotionally-based tagline, Bring Happiness Home.  Our marketing communicates that Kirkland’s is a home shopping destination that offers stylish, quality merchandise at a value to our customers. We believe a happy home is a beautiful home, and our marketing showcases our products in casual, inviting and realistic lifestyle settings that are inspirational and attainable.

Our marketing strategy includes a balanced approach to customer retention and acquisition.  Our overall marketing efforts encompass various techniques including digital marketing, paid search and social media initiatives.  We manage a database of customers and communicate with them via targeted emails and seasonal direct mail catalogs featuring new products, marketing events and special offers.

We are focused on improving the customer experience through our loyalty program, K-club, and our private label credit card financing. We redesigned our customer loyalty program in October 2020. Our new program rewards

7

customers for shopping with us, as well as interacting with Kirkland's across channels. This allows us to foster stronger and lasting relationships with our customers. The key benefits of the new program include:

• Points on every purchase to redeem for valuable rewards;

• Birthday surprises;

• Special offers, bonus days, annual bonuses and exclusive access;

• Monthly $500 sweepstakes entry; and

• VIP shopping hours.

We also enhanced our private label Kirkland’s credit card through Wells Fargo in January 2021 by offering new financing options including "6-months no interest" and "12-months no interest" financing for purchases over $250 and $500, respectively.

Omni-Channel

We connect with our customers in their manner of choosing, whether that is in-store, on our website, email, social media, direct mail or through our customer service center. Our goal is to be available anytime, anywhere and in any way our customers choose to engage with our brand and present a consistent and appealing shopping experience across our channels. Customers may use our website as a resource to purchase merchandise, locate a store, preview our merchandise, join our K-club loyalty program, apply for a Kirkland’s credit card and purchase gift cards online.

We have multiple online fulfillment options, including delivery to the customer’s home directly from our warehouse, store or directly from the vendor, ship-to-store and buy online and pickup in store programs. Our BOPIS program includes optional curbside pickup implemented in fiscal 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, which provides convenient access for customers to pick up merchandise from our store locations without leaving their vehicle. In fiscal 2020, we also introduced next-day delivery where customers can buy online out of store inventory, and we arrange to have a third-party deliver the merchandise the next day from the local store to the customer’s home.

As part of our omni-channel growth strategy, we plan to focus on improving comparable sales performance, driven by e-commerce growth. We expect e-commerce to grow as a percentage of our total business, but also intend to focus on improving the contribution of our remaining store base, which is an integral part of our omni-channel strategy and supports improved profitability of our e-commerce business.

We expect to continue to focus on customer site experience improvements including checkout and search engine improvements, integration improvements and other personalization and product page improvements.

Trademarks

All of our stores operate under the names “Kirkland’s”, “Kirkland’s Home”, “Kirkland’s Home Outlet”, “Kirkland’s Outlet,” and “The Kirkland Collection.”

We have registered several trademarks with the United States Patent and Trademark Office on the Principal Register that are used in connection with the Kirkland’s stores, including KIRKLAND’S® logo design, KIRKLAND’S®, THE KIRKLAND COLLECTION®, KIRKLAND’S OUTLET®, KIRKLAND’S HOME®, MARKET AND VINE™, SIMPLE THINGS BY KIRKLAND’S®, LOVE THE POSSIBILITIES and LOVE THE PRICE®. These marks have historically been important components in our merchandising and marketing strategy. We are not aware of any claims of infringement or other challenges to our right to use our marks in the United States.

Competition

The retail market for home décor is highly competitive. Accordingly, we compete against a diverse group of retailers, including specialty stores, department stores, discount stores, catalog and internet-based retailers, which sell similar lines of merchandise to those carried by us. Some of our main competitors include HomeGoods, Bed, Bath & Beyond, Cost Plus World Market, Crate & Barrel, Williams-Sonoma, Inc., Hobby Lobby, Pier 1 Imports, At Home, Target, Ebay, Amazon and Wayfair. We believe that the principal competitive factors influencing our business are merchandise selection, price, customer service, visual appeal of our stores and our convenient store locations. We

8

believe we compete effectively with other retailers due to our experience in identifying a curated collection of quality and stylish merchandise, pricing it to be attractive to our target customer, presenting it in a visually appealing manner and providing an engaging shopping experience.

In addition to competing for customers, we compete with other retailers for suitable store locations and qualified management personnel and sales associates. Many of our competitors are larger and have substantially greater financial, marketing and other resources than we do. See Item 1A of this Form 10-K, captioned “Risk Factors” for further discussion of our competitive environment.

Human Capital

Overview. We employed approximately 1,000 full-time and 3,700 part-time employees as of January 30, 2021. The number of employees fluctuates with seasonal needs. We generally experience our highest level of employment during the fourth fiscal quarter. Of our 4,700 employees, approximately 4,250 work at stores, 250 work at our distribution centers and 200 work in corporate support functions. As of January 30, 2021, none of our employees are unionized or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that we maintain a positive relationship with our employees.

Personnel recruitment and training. We believe our continued success is dependent in part on our ability to attract, retain and motivate quality employees. In particular, our success depends on our ability to promote and recruit qualified corporate personnel, distribution center employees, district and store managers and full-time and part-time store employees. District managers are primarily responsible for recruiting new store managers, while store managers are responsible for the hiring and training of store employees. We constantly look for motivated and talented people to promote from within the Company, in addition to recruiting outside of Kirkland’s. All store employees are trained utilizing the “K University” training program. Store managers train at a designated “training store” where they work directly with a qualified training store manager. District managers onboard at our corporate office in addition to spending time with designated district manager trainers. Corporate and distribution center employees receive training at their respective locations.

Compensation and benefits. We are committed to providing competitive pay and benefits to our employees. Corporate management, distribution center leadership, regional directors, district managers and store managers are compensated with base pay plus periodic bonuses based on performance. Store and distribution center non-management employees are compensated on an hourly basis in addition to periodic contests and rewards. Many of our employees participate in one of our various bonus incentive programs, which provide the opportunity to receive additional compensation based upon department or Company performance. We also provide our eligible employees the opportunity to participate in a 401(k) retirement savings plan which includes a 100% Company match of the employee’s elective bi-weekly contributions up to 4% of eligible compensation. We share in the cost of health insurance provided to eligible employees, and we offer our employees a discount on merchandise purchased from our stores.

Safety. Employee safety is a top priority. We develop and administer company-wide policies to ensure the safety of each employee and compliance with Occupational Safety and Health Administration standards. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we have implemented numerous safety measures including adding work from home flexibility for corporate employees, adjusting attendance policies to encourage those who are sick to stay home, increasing cleaning protocols, implementing temperature screenings of employees, establishing social distancing procedures, providing additional personal protective equipment and cleaning supplies, modifying work spaces with plexiglass dividers, limiting travel and requiring masks to be worn in accordance with CDC guidelines and local ordinances. We have also implemented regular communications to employees regarding the impacts of COVID-19, new health and safety procedures and protocols to address actual or suspected COVID-19 cases and potential exposure.

Diversity. Our leadership team is comprised of our CEO, CFO and eight vice presidents who, collectively, have management responsibility for our business areas including omni-channel operations, finance, supply chain, legal, merchandising, human resources, marketing and information technology. Our leadership team places significant focus and attention on matters concerning the Company’s human capital assets including its capability development, succession planning and diversity. Accordingly, we regularly review talent development and succession plans for each of our functions, to identify and develop a pipeline of talent to maintain business operations. With respect to diverse

9

representation, presently three of the ten members of our leadership team are women. We are committed to our continued efforts to promote diversity and foster an inclusive work environment that supports the communities we serve. We recruit the best people for the job regardless of race, gender, ethnicity or other protected traits, and it is our policy to fully comply with all laws applicable to discrimination in the workplace.

Governmental Regulations

We must comply with various federal, state and local regulations, including regulations relating to consumer products and consumer protection, advertising and marketing, labor and employment, data protection and privacy, intellectual property, the environment and tax. In addition, we must comply with United States customs laws and similar laws of other countries associated with the import of our merchandise. Ensuring our compliance with these various laws and regulations, and keeping abreast of changes to the legal and regulatory landscape present in our industry, requires us to expend considerable resources. For additional information, see “Risk Factors” under the sub-captions “Risks Relate to Strategy and Execution” and “Risks Related to New Legislation, Regulation, and Litigation.”

Seasonality

We have historically experienced, and expect to continue to experience, substantial seasonal fluctuations in our net sales and operating results. We believe this is the general pattern typical of our segment of the retail industry and expect that this pattern will continue in the future. Due to the importance of the fall selling season, which includes Thanksgiving and Christmas, the last quarter of our fiscal year has historically contributed, and is expected to continue to contribute, a disproportionate amount of our net sales, net income and cash flow for the entire fiscal year.

COVID-19 Response

The COVID-19 pandemic has created significant public health concerns as well as economic disruption, uncertainty, and volatility which materially affected our business operations in fiscal 2020. If the pandemic persists throughout fiscal 2021 or worsens, it could continue to impact our business operations. We continue to closely monitor the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on all facets of our business, which includes the impact on our employees, customers, suppliers, vendors, business partners and supply chain networks.

In the first quarter of fiscal 2020, as a proactive and cautionary measure, we elected to borrow $40.0 million from our revolving credit facility, which was later repaid during the second quarter of fiscal 2020. We also temporarily closed all of our stores in the first quarter of fiscal 2020 and reopened stores during the second quarter of fiscal 2020. In an effort to further strengthen our financial flexibility and efficiently operate in the pandemic during the first half of the year, we reduced store and corporate payroll, inventory receipts, advertising expenses, outbound freight expense, capital expenditures and other expenses. We also implemented a new curbside pickup option for customers at our stores.

The Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act was signed into law during our first fiscal quarter. The CARES Act, among other things, includes provisions relating to refundable payroll tax credits, deferral of employer side social security payments, net operating loss carryback periods, alternative minimum tax credit refunds, modifications to the net interest deduction limitations and technical corrections to tax depreciation methods for qualified improvement property. The CARES Act allowed our net operating losses incurred in 2019 to be carried back to preceding taxable years to generate a refund of previously paid income taxes of approximately $12.3 million. We also have a $1.4 million employer tax credit receivable from the IRS, and we have deferred $3.3 million in employer payroll taxes that we plan to repay in October 2021.

All of our stores and distribution centers are currently open with enhanced safety measures. The health and safety of our employees and customers are the primary concerns of our management team. We have taken and continue to take numerous actions to promote health and safety, including, providing personal protective equipment to our employees, establishing mask protocols in our facilities, rolling out additional functionality to support contactless shopping experiences, implementing additional cleaning and sanitation procedures and promoting social distancing.

10

Availability of SEC Reports

We file annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, with the Securities Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers, including Kirkland’s, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is http://www.sec.gov.

Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those documents filed by us with the SEC are available, without charge, on our internet website, http://www.kirklands.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed electronically with the SEC. The information provided on our website is not part of this report, and is therefore not incorporated by reference unless such information is otherwise specifically referenced elsewhere in this report.

Information about our Executive Officers

The name, age and position of each of our executive officers as of March 26, 2021 are as follows:

Steve C. Woodward, 64, has been a Director of Kirkland’s and President and Chief Executive Officer since January 2020. Prior to his appointment to President, Mr. Woodward served as a Director of Kirkland’s and Chief Executive Officer since October 2018. Prior to joining Kirkland’s, Inc., Mr. Woodward served as the President and Chief Merchandising Officer of the global home furnishings retailer Crate and Barrel since 2015. Prior to Crate and Barrel, Mr. Woodward joined Fossil, Inc., in 2007, where he was a Senior Vice President and was head of the Michael Kors watch and jewelry business. Before joining Fossil, Mr. Woodward held several key executive roles in the home furnishings industry, including Executive Vice President and General Merchandise Manager of The Bombay Company, Chief Executive Officer of Illuminations and Vice President of Pier 1 Imports.

Nicole A. Strain, 47, has been Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since June 2019. Prior to her appointment as Chief Financial Officer, Mrs. Strain served as Interim Chief Officer from May 2017 to May 2019 and as Controller from November 2016 to April 2017. Prior to joining Kirkland’s, Mrs. Strain served as the Vice President of Finance and Principal Accounting Officer for Logan’s Roadhouse, Inc., a Nashville-based restaurant company, from 2005 through July of 2015. While at Logan’s, Mrs. Strain also served as the interim Chief Financial Officer and Principal Financial Officer.

Jeffrey T. Martin, 42, has been Sr. Vice President of Omni-Channel Retail for Kirkland’s since January 2020, and prior to that time he served as Vice President of Omni-Channel Transformation Office for Kirkland’s since August 2019. Prior to joining Kirkland’s, Mr. Martin spent nine years with the Michaels Companies and held various senior roles in supply chain, non-merchandising procurement, space planning and wholesale and retail operations.

No family relationships exist among any of the above-listed executive officers, and there are no arrangements or understandings between any of the above-listed officers and any other person pursuant to which they serve as an officer. All executive officers are elected to hold office for one year or until their successors are elected and qualified.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Investing in our common stock involves risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below and the other information contained in this report and other filings that we make from time to time with the SEC, including our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes before investing in our common stock. Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. These risks are not the only risks we face. Our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity could also be adversely affected by additional factors that apply to all companies generally or by risks not currently known to us or that we currently view to be immaterial. We can provide no assurance and make no representation that our risk mitigation efforts, although we believe they are reasonable, will be successful.

11

Risks Related to Strategy and Strategy Execution

If we fail to identify, develop and successfully implement immediate action plans and longer-term strategic initiatives, our financial performance could be negatively impacted.

Our ability to address the challenges currently facing the business and to deliver improved financial performance is dependent on successfully identifying, developing and implementing plans and initiatives intended to drive near-term improvement and to return the business to sustainable financial performance, including, but not limited to, our efforts to right size our store base. If such plans and initiatives are not properly identified, developed and successfully executed, or if execution or realization of positive results takes longer than expected, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. The success of our plans and initiatives is subject to risks and uncertainties with respect to execution, market conditions and other factors that may cause actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially, and adversely, from our plans and expected results.

If we are unable to successfully maintain, improve and grow a best-in-class omni-channel experience for our customers, it could adversely affect our sales, results of operations and reputation.

As consumers continue to migrate online, we face pressures to stay relevant in retail’s ever-changing environment and to compete with other omni-channel retailers, online only retailers and brick-and-mortar retailers. We continue to significantly invest in our omni-channel capabilities to provide a seamless shopping experience between our brick-and-mortar locations and our online and mobile environments. Insufficient, untimely or misguided investments in this area could significantly impact our profitability and growth and affect our ability to attract new customers, as well as maintain our existing ones. In addition, declining customer store traffic and migration of sales from brick-and-mortar stores to digital platforms could lead to additional store closures, restructuring and other costs that could adversely impact our results of operations and cash flows.

Our business has evolved from an in-store experience to interactions with customers across multiple channels including in-store, online, mobile and social media, among others. Our customers are using computers, tablets, mobile phones and other devices to shop on our website and provide feedback and public commentary about all aspects of our business. Omni-channel retailing is rapidly evolving, and we must keep pace with changing customer expectations and new developments and technology investments by our competitors.

Successful operation of our e-commerce initiatives are dependent on our ability to maintain uninterrupted availability of the Company’s website and supporting applications, adequate and accurate inventory levels, timely fulfillment of customer orders, accurate shipping of undamaged products, and coordination of those activities within our retail stores when appropriate. In addition, the Company’s call center must maintain a high standard of customer care. Failure to successfully manage this process may negatively impact sales, result in the loss of customers, and damage our reputation.

If we are unable to attract and retain team members or contract with third parties having the specialized skills needed to support our omni-channel efforts, implement improvements to our customer-facing technology in a timely manner, or provide a convenient and consistent experience for our customers, regardless of the ultimate sales channel, our ability to compete and our results of operations could be adversely affected. In addition, if www.kirklands.com and our other customer-facing technology systems do not appeal to our customers or reliably function as designed, we may experience a loss of customer confidence, lost sales or be exposed to fraudulent purchases, which, if significant, could adversely affect our reputation and results of operations. Moreover, to make available our omni-channel platform, we rely on various technology systems and services, some of which are provided and managed by third-party service providers. To the extent such third-party components do not perform or function as anticipated, such failure can significantly interfere in our ability to meet our customers’ changing expectations.

If we are unable to profitably operate our existing stores, grow online sales and effectively execute our store closing strategy, we may not be able to execute our business strategy, resulting in a decrease in net sales and profitability.

A key element of our strategy is to operate and relocate profitable stores, both in existing markets and in new geographic markets that we select based on customer data and demographics. Our ability to relocate existing stores depends on a number of factors, including the prevailing conditions in the commercial real estate market, our ability to locate favorable store sites and negotiate acceptable lease terms, and hire and train skilled managers and personnel. There also can be no assurance that we will be able to open or relocate stores. Furthermore, there is no assurance that existing stores will generate the net sales levels necessary to achieve store-level profitability. Also, stores that we open

12

in our existing markets may draw customers away from our existing stores resulting in lower net sales growth compared to stores opened in new markets.

Our stores face great competition and could have lower than anticipated net sales volumes. Traffic decline to our stores could negatively impact operating results. Our newer stores that we opened in new markets, where we are less well-known and where we are less familiar with the target customer, may face different or additional risks and increased marketing and other costs compared to stores operated in existing markets. These factors, together with increased pre-opening expenses at our newer stores, may reduce our average store contribution and operating margins. If we are unable to profitably operate our newer stores and maintain the profitability of our existing stores, our net income could suffer.

Every year we decide to close certain stores based on a number of factors, including but not limited to excessive rent or other operating cost increases, inadequate profitability, short term leases, or the landlord’s ability to replace us with another tenant at more favorable terms to the landlord. Store closings have the effect of reducing net sales. We may choose to close under-performing stores before lease expiration and incur termination costs associated with those closings. If we are not able to increase online sales at a pace that exceeds the closing of existing under-performing stores, or transfer customers from closing stores to a nearby existing store, our revenue could decrease.

We closed 59 stores in fiscal 2020 most of which were underperforming. If our fiscal 2021 closing strategy, including negotiating lease termination costs with landlords, does not go as planned and/or we are unable to transfer these existing store customers to other nearby stores or to online sales, our revenue could decrease and results of operations could suffer.

We may not be able to successfully anticipate consumer trends, and our failure to do so may lead to loss of consumer acceptance of our products, resulting in reduced net sales.

Our success depends on our ability to anticipate and respond to changing merchandise trends and consumer demands in a timely manner. While we devote considerable effort and resources to shape, analyze and respond to consumer preferences, consumer spending patterns and preferences cannot be predicted with certainty and can change rapidly. Our product introductions and product improvements, along with our other marketplace initiatives, are designed to capitalize on consumer trends. In order to remain successful, we must anticipate and react to these trends and develop new products or processes to address them. If we fail to identify and respond to emerging trends, consumer acceptance of the merchandise in our stores and our image with our customers may be harmed, which could reduce customer traffic in our stores and materially adversely affect our net sales.

Additionally, if we misjudge market trends, we may significantly overstock unpopular products and be forced to take significant inventory markdowns, which would have a negative impact on our gross profit and cash flow. Conversely, shortages of items that prove popular could reduce our net sales. In addition, a major shift in consumer demand away from home décor could also have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our success depends upon our marketing, advertising and promotional efforts, and loyalty programs. If we are unable to implement them successfully, or if our competitors market, advertise or promote more effectively than we do, our revenue may be adversely affected.

We use marketing, promotional and loyalty programs to attract customers to our stores and to encourage purchases by our customers. We use various media for our promotional efforts, including customer-targeted direct mail and email communications, as well as various digital and social media initiatives. If we fail to choose the appropriate medium for our efforts, or fail to implement and execute loyalty programs or marketing opportunities, our competitors may be able to attract some of our customers.

If our competitors increase their spending on advertising and promotions, if our advertising, media or marketing expenses increase, if our loyalty program or advertising and promotions become less effective than those of our competitors, or if we do not adequately leverage technology and data analytic capabilities needed to generate concise competitive insight, we could experience a material adverse effect on our results of operations. A failure to sufficiently innovate, develop customer loyalty programs, or maintain adequate and effective advertising could inhibit our ability to maintain brand relevance and drive increased sales.

13

In fiscal 2020, we redesigned our loyal program with new customer incentives, which include earning points that are converted to reward dollars that can be redeemed on future purchases, in addition to other bonus offers. If our customers do not respond positively to our new program or if the new program ends up costing more than anticipated in reward redemptions, our financial results could be adversely impacted.

We may not be able to successfully respond to technological change, our website could become obsolete and our financial results and conditions could be adversely affected.

We maintain a corporate website through which we market and sell our products to customers and publicize Company information to customers, investors and other constituencies. Maintenance of our website requires substantial development and maintenance efforts, and entails significant technical and business risks. To remain competitive, we must continue to enhance and improve the responsiveness, functionality and features of our website. The sale of products through e-commerce is characterized by rapid technological change, the emergence of new industry standards and practices and changes in customer requirements and preferences. Therefore, we may be required to license emerging technologies, enhance our existing website, develop new services and technology that address the increasingly sophisticated and varied needs of our current and prospective customers, and adapt to technological advances and emerging industry and regulatory standards and practices in a cost-effective and timely manner. Our ability to remain technologically competitive may require substantial expenditures and lead time, and our failure to do so may harm our business and results of operations.

If we fail to maintain a positive social media brand perception, it could have a negative impact on our operations, financial results and reputation.

Maintaining a good reputation is critical to our business. Social media has increased the risk that our reputation could be negatively impacted in a short amount of time. If we are unable to quickly and effectively respond to occurrences of negative publicity through social media or otherwise, we may suffer declines in customer loyalty and traffic, vendor relationship issues, diversion of management’s time to respond and other adverse effects, all of which could negatively impact our operations, financial results and reputation.

Risks Related to Liquidity

If we do not generate sufficient cash flow from operations, we may not be able to implement our business strategies and fund our obligations.

The ability to execute our strategic initiatives will depend on, among other factors, the availability of adequate capital, which in turn will depend in large part on cash flow generated by our business and the availability of equity and debt capital. The cost of expanding our omni-channel capabilities including improving our online sales capabilities, closing under-performing stores, opening new stores and remodeling or relocating existing stores may increase in the future compared to historical costs. There can be no assurance that our business will generate adequate cash flow or that we will be able to obtain equity or debt capital on acceptable terms, or at all. Moreover, our senior credit facility contains provisions that restrict the amount of debt we may incur in the future. If we are not successful in obtaining sufficient capital, we may be unable to increase sales generated online and optimize our store footprint, which may adversely affect our business strategy. There can be no assurances that we will have sufficient cash flow from operations or adequate capital to achieve our plans for omni-channel growth including growing online sales and optimizing our store footprint.

Insufficient cash flows from operations could result in the substantial utilization of our secured revolving credit facility or similar financing, which may limit our ability to conduct certain activities.

We are dependent upon generating sufficient cash flows from operations to fund our obligations and strategic investments. We maintain a secured revolving credit facility to enable us to acquire merchandise, fund working capital requirements as well as to support standby letters of credit. Borrowings under the secured revolving credit facility are subject to a borrowing base calculation consisting of a percentage of certain of our eligible assets and are subject to advance rates and commercially reasonable reserves. Substantial utilization of the available borrowing base will result in various restrictions, including restrictions on the ability to repurchase our common stock or pay dividends and an increase in the lender’s control over the Company’s cash accounts. We renewed our revolving credit facility in December 2019. The facility contains a number of affirmative and restrictive covenants that may also limit our actions. Continued negative cash flows from operations could result in increased borrowings under our revolving credit facility

14

to fund operational needs, increased utilization of letters of credit and greater dependence on the availability of the revolving credit facility. These actions could result in us being subject to increased restrictions, incurring increased interest expense and increasing of our leverage. See Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion.

Risks Related to Profitability

We face an extremely competitive specialty retail business market, and such competition could result in a reduction of our prices and a loss of our market share.

The retail market is a highly competitive market. We compete against a diverse group of retailers, including specialty stores, department stores, discount stores, catalog and internet-based retailers, which sell similar lines of merchandise to those carried by us. The substantial sales growth in the e-commerce industry within the last decade has encouraged the entry of many new competitors, including discount retailers selling similar products at reduced prices, new business models, and an increase in competition from established companies, many of whom are willing to spend significant funds and/or reduce pricing in order to gain market share. Our competitors, many of which are larger and have substantially greater financial and other resources than us, include HomeGoods, Bed, Bath & Beyond, Cost Plus World Market, Hobby Lobby, Pier 1 Imports, At Home, Target, Ebay, Amazon and Wayfair. Our “brick-and-mortar” stores and our www.kirklands.com website also compete with the ever-increasing number of internet retail websites offering home décor merchandise. The availability of home décor merchandise from various competitors on the internet could result in increased price competition as our customers are more readily able to comparison shop, which could reduce our sales, prices and margins and adversely affect our results of operations. Further, unanticipated changes in pricing or other practices of our competitors, including promotional activity, such as thresholds for free shipping and rapid price fluctuation enabled by technology, may adversely affect our performance.

Competitors may have greater financial, distribution, logistics, marketing and other resources available to them and may be able to adapt to changes in customer requirements more quickly, devote greater resources to the design, sourcing, distribution, marketing and sale of their products, generate greater national brand recognition or adopt more aggressive pricing policies. Our competitors may also be able to increase sales in their new and existing markets faster than we do by emphasizing different distribution channels than we do.

If we are unable to overcome these potential competitive disadvantages, such factors could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our results could be negatively impacted if our merchandise offering suffers a substantial impediment to its reputation due to real or perceived quality issues.

Maintaining, promoting and growing our merchandise offering will depend largely on the success of our design, merchandising, and marketing efforts and our ability to provide a consistent, high quality customer experience. If we fail to achieve these objectives, our public image and reputation could be tarnished by negative publicity.

If our merchandise offerings do not meet applicable safety standards or customer expectations regarding safety, we could experience lost sales and increased costs and be exposed to legal and reputational risk. All of our vendors must comply with applicable product safety laws, and we are dependent on them to ensure that the products we buy comply with all safety standards. Events that give rise to actual, potential or perceived product safety concerns with respect to our products could expose us to government enforcement action or private litigation and result in costly product recalls and other liabilities. In addition, negative customer perceptions regarding the safety of the products we sell could cause our customers to seek alternative sources for their needs, resulting in lost sales. In those circumstances, it may be difficult and costly for us to regain customer confidence.

Our business depends upon hiring, training and retaining qualified employees.

The success of our strategic plans are dependent on our ability to promote and recruit a sufficient number of quality employees in our stores, distribution centers and headquarters. Our workforce costs represent our largest operating expense, and our business is subject to employment laws and regulations, including requirements related to minimum wage and benefits. In addition, the implementation of potential regulatory changes relating to overtime

15

exemptions and benefits for certain employees under federal and state laws could result in increased labor costs to our business and negatively impact our operating results. We cannot be assured that we can continue to hire, train and retain qualified employees at current wage rates since we operate in a competitive labor market and there is a risk of market increases in compensation.

The success of our store strategy depends on our ability to hire, train and retain qualified multi-unit managers, store managers and sales associates to support our stores. In addition, the time and effort required to train and supervise a large number of new managers and associates due to seasonal hiring practices, excessive turnover or new store openings may divert resources from our existing stores and adversely affect our operating and financial performance.

We also depend on hiring qualified personnel at our distribution centers, especially during our peak season in the third and fourth quarters leading up to the holiday selling season. Not being able to hire or find temporary qualified help during this season, could lead to bottlenecks in the supply chain and products not arriving timely in stores, which could negatively impact sales.

Weather conditions could adversely affect our sales and/or profitability by affecting consumer shopping patterns.

Our operating results may be adversely affected by severe or unexpected weather conditions. Adverse weather conditions or other extreme changes in the weather, including resulting electrical and technological failures, may disrupt our business and may adversely affect our ability to sell and distribute products. Frequent or unusual snow, ice or rain storms or extended periods of unseasonable temperatures in our markets could adversely affect our performance by affecting customer shopping patterns or diminishing demand for seasonal merchandise. For example, extended periods of unseasonably warm temperatures during the winter season or cool weather during the summer season could reduce demand for a portion of our inventory and thereby reduce our sales and profitability.

We are exposed to the risk of natural disasters, pandemic outbreaks, global political events, war and terrorism that could disrupt our business and result in lower sales, increased operating costs and capital expenditures.

Our headquarters, store locations, distribution centers and warehouses, as well as certain of our vendors and customers, are located in areas that have been and could be subject to natural disasters such as floods, hurricanes, tornadoes, fires or earthquakes. In addition, we operate in markets that may be susceptible to pandemic outbreaks, war, terrorist acts or disruptive global political events, such as civil unrest in countries in which our vendors are located or products are manufactured. Our business may be harmed if our ability to sell and distribute products is impacted by any such events, any of which could influence customer trends and purchases and may negatively impact our net sales, properties or operations. Such events could result in physical damage to one or more of our properties, the temporary closure of some or all of our stores or distribution centers, the temporary lack of an adequate work force in a market, temporary or long-term disruption in the transport of goods, delay in the delivery of goods to our distribution centers or stores, disruption of our technology support or information systems, or fuel shortages or dramatic increases in fuel prices, which increase the cost of doing business. These events also can have indirect consequences such as increases in the costs of insurance if they result in significant loss of property or other insurable damage. Any of these factors, or combination thereof, could adversely affect our operations.

The COVID-19 global pandemic has had and is expected to continue to have a material impact on our business and results of operations.

The COVID-19 global pandemic has negatively impacted the global economy, disrupted consumer spending and global supply chains, and created significant volatility and disruption of financial markets. We expect the COVID-19 global pandemic will continue to have a material impact on our business. The extent of the impact of the COVID-19 global pandemic on our business, including our ability to execute our near-term and long-term business strategies and initiatives in the expected time frame, will depend on future developments, including the duration and scope of the pandemic and responsive governmental regulations and orders. The long-term effects of the COVID-19 pandemic are uncertain and cannot be predicted, including the impact on our suppliers and disruptions to the global supply chain; our ability to sell and provide our products in stores; and the willingness or ability of our customers to pay for our products.

There can be no assurance that our stores will not be temporarily closed again due to government mandates or recommendations or that our customers will be willing to visit retail stores again in the near future. We also may face longer-term store closure requirements and other operational restrictions with respect to some or all of our physical

16

locations for prolonged periods of time due to, among other factors, evolving, continued, or reinstated governmental restrictions including public health directives, quarantine policies or social distancing measures. Although to date, the impact of our store closures and reduced store traffic on our retail store operations has been offset by growth in our e-commerce business and strategic expense reductions, there is no guarantee that such growth will continue if the current economic recession continues over a prolonged period of time or worsens due to the COVID-19 pandemic, and results in decreased consumer spending in the markets in which we operate or, alternatively, it is possible that e-commerce growth will slow as the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic subside. In addition, dependence on our e-commerce business subjects us to certain other risks, including: the failure to successfully implement new systems, system enhancements and internet platforms; the failure of our technology infrastructure or the computer systems that operate our website, causing, among other things, website downtimes; telecommunications issues or other technical failures; over-reliance on third-parties; and an increase in credit card fraud.

The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic could lead to continued net sales decreases at our retail store locations. Consumer fears about being exposed to or contracting the disease may continue, which will continue to adversely affect traffic to our stores. Consumer behavior and spending may also be impacted by the availability of and deployment of vaccines and effective medical treatments for COVID-19, general macroeconomic conditions, including general economic uncertainty, unemployment rates, recessionary pressure, the access to unemployment compensation and other economic relief, fiscal policy changes, and consumer confidence, including the significant economic downturn and job loss.

The COVID-19 global pandemic has significantly impacted our supply chain as the factories, suppliers, distribution centers, logistics operators and/or other service providers that we rely upon are disrupted, temporarily closed, experience capacity constraints, or worker shortages. We may also see disruptions or delays in shipments and negative impacts to pricing of certain components of our products. Even if the impact of the pandemic on domestic markets improves, because we rely on a global supply chain, we may continue to experience disruptions in the supply of globally sourced inventories.

The extent of the impact of the COVID-19 global pandemic on our business is highly uncertain and difficult to predict, as information is rapidly evolving with respect to the duration and severity of the pandemic.

Our performance may be affected by general economic conditions.

Our performance is subject to worldwide economic conditions and their impact on levels of consumer spending. Some of the factors that have had, and may in the future have, an impact on discretionary consumer spending include national or global economic downturns, an increase in consumer debt (and a corresponding decrease in the availability of affordable consumer credit), reductions in net worth based on recent severe market declines, softness in the residential real estate and mortgage markets, changes in taxation, increases in fuel and energy prices, fluctuation in interest rates, low consumer confidence and other macroeconomic factors.

Specialty retail is a cyclical industry that is heavily dependent upon the overall level of consumer spending. Purchases of home décor tend to be highly correlated with cycles in consumers’ disposable income and trends in the housing market. A weak retail environment could impact customer traffic in our stores and also adversely affect our net sales. Because of the seasonality of our business, economic downturns, increased sourcing costs, or scarcity in equipment during the last quarter of our fiscal year could adversely affect us to a greater extent than if such downturns occurred at other times of the year. As purchases of home décor items may decline during recessionary periods, a prolonged recession, including any related decrease in consumers’ disposable incomes, may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Should credit markets tighten or turmoil in the financial markets develop, our ability to access funds, refinance our existing indebtedness, enter into agreements for new indebtedness or obtain funding through the issuance of our securities would be adversely impacted.

The impact of any such credit crisis or market turmoil on our major suppliers cannot be accurately predicted. The inability of key suppliers to access liquidity, or the insolvency of key suppliers, could lead to their failure to deliver our merchandise. Worsening economic conditions could also result in difficulties for financial institutions (including bank failures) and other parties with whom we do business, which could potentially impair our ability to access financing under existing arrangements or to otherwise recover amounts as they become due under our other contractual arrangements.

17

Our profitability is vulnerable to inflation and cost increases.

Future increases in costs such as the cost of merchandise, shipping rates, freight costs, fuel costs and store occupancy costs may reduce our profitability. These cost increases may be the result of inflationary pressures that could further reduce our sales or profitability. Increases in other operating costs, including changes in energy prices, wage rates and lease and utility costs, may increase our cost of goods sold or operating expenses. Competitive pressures in our industry may have the effect of inhibiting our ability to reflect these increased costs in the prices of our products and therefore reduce our profitability.

Our business is highly seasonal and our fourth quarter contributes to a disproportionate amount of our net sales, net income and cash flow, and any factors negatively impacting us during our fourth quarter could reduce our net sales, net income and cash flow, leaving us with excess inventory and making it more difficult for us to finance our capital requirements.

We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, substantial seasonal fluctuations in our net sales and operating results, which are typical of many specialty retailers and common to most retailers generally. Due to the importance of the fall selling season, which includes Thanksgiving and Christmas, the last quarter of our fiscal year has historically contributed, and is expected to continue to contribute, a disproportionate amount of our net sales, net income and cash flow for the entire fiscal year. Any factors negatively affecting us during the last quarter of our fiscal year, including unfavorable economic or weather conditions, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations, reducing our cash flow, leaving us with excess inventory and making it more difficult for us to finance our capital requirements.

Inventory loss and theft and the inability to anticipate inventory needs may result in reduced net sales.

We are subject to the risk of inventory loss and theft. We have experienced inventory shrinkage in the past, and we cannot assure that incidences of inventory loss and theft will decrease in the future or that the measures we are taking will effectively reduce the problem of inventory shrinkage. Although some level of inventory shrinkage is an unavoidable cost of doing business, if we were to experience higher rates of inventory shrinkage or incur increased security costs to combat inventory theft, our financial condition could be affected adversely.

Efficient inventory management is a key component of our business success and profitability. To be successful, we must maintain sufficient inventory levels to meet our customers’ demands without allowing those levels to increase to such an extent that the costs to store and hold the goods unduly impacts our financial results. If our buying decisions do not accurately predict customer trends or purchasing actions, we may have to take unanticipated markdowns to dispose of the excess inventory, which also can adversely impact our financial results. Though we attempt to reduce these risks, we cannot assure you that we will continue to be successful in our inventory management, which may negatively impact our cash flows and results of operations.

Failure to control merchandise returns could negatively impact the business.

We have established a provision for estimated merchandise returns based upon historical experience and other known factors. If actual returns are greater than those projected by management, additional reductions of revenue could be recorded in the future. Also, to the extent that returned merchandise is damaged, we may not receive full retail value from the resale of the returned merchandise. Introductions of new merchandise, changes in merchandise mix, associate selling behavior, merchandise quality issues, changes to our return policy, e-commerce return behavior, changes in consumer confidence, or other competitive and general economic conditions may cause actual returns to exceed the provision for estimated merchandise returns. An increase in merchandise returns that exceeds our current provision could negatively impact the business and financial results.

We may experience significant variations in our quarterly results.

Our quarterly results of operations may also fluctuate significantly based upon such factors as the timing of new store openings, pre-opening expenses associated with new stores, the relative proportion of new stores to mature stores, net sales contributed by new stores, timing of store closures, increases or decreases in comparable store net

18

sales, adverse weather conditions, shifts in the timing of holidays, the timing and level of markdowns, changes in fuel and other shipping costs, changes in our product mix and actions taken by our competitors. Consequently, comparisons between quarters are not necessarily meaningful and the results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of future results.

Our comparable sales fluctuate due to a variety of factors.

Numerous factors affect our comparable sales results, including among others, weather conditions, retail trends, the retail sales environment, economic conditions, the impact of competition and our ability to execute our business strategy efficiently. Our comparable sales results have historically experienced fluctuations, including declines in some fiscal periods. Our comparable sales may not increase from quarter to quarter, or may decline. As a result, the unpredictability of our comparable sales may cause our revenues and operating results to vary quarter to quarter, and an unanticipated decline in revenues or comparable sales may cause the price of our common stock to fluctuate significantly.

Our freight costs and thus our cost of goods sold are impacted by changes in fuel prices.

Our freight cost is impacted by changes in fuel prices through surcharges. Fuel prices and surcharges affect freight costs with respect to both inbound freight from vendors to our distribution centers and outbound freight from our distribution centers to our stores. Increased fuel prices or surcharges may increase freight costs and thereby increase our cost of goods sold.

Risks Related to New Legislation, Regulation and Litigation

New legal requirements could adversely affect our operating results.

Our business is subject to numerous federal, state and local laws and regulations. We routinely incur costs in complying with these laws and regulations. We are exposed to the risk that federal, state or local legislation may negatively impact our operations. Changes in product regulations (including changes in labeling or disclosure requirements), federal or state wage requirements including minimum wage requirements, employee rights (including changes in the process for our employees to join a union), health care, social welfare or entitlement programs such as health insurance, paid leave programs, or other changes in workplace regulation or tax laws could adversely impact our ability to achieve our financial targets. Changes in other regulatory areas, such as consumer credit, privacy and information security, or environmental regulation may result in significant added expenses or may require extensive system and operating changes that may be difficult to implement and/or could materially increase our costs of doing business. Untimely compliance or noncompliance with applicable laws and regulations may subject us to legal risk, including government enforcement action, significant fines and penalties and class action litigation, as well as reputational damage, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Greenhouse gases (“GHG”) may have an adverse effect on global temperatures, weather patterns, and the frequency and severity of extreme weather and natural disasters. Global climate change could result in certain types of natural disasters occurring more frequently or with more intense effects. Such events could make it difficult or impossible for us to deliver products to our customers, create delays and inefficiencies in our supply chain. Following an interruption to our business, we could require substantial recovery time, experience significant expenditures to resume operations, and lose significant sales. Further, concern over climate change, including global warming, has led to legislative and regulatory initiatives directed at limiting GHG emissions. If domestic or international laws or regulations were expanded to require GHG emission reporting or reduction by us or our third-party manufacturers, or if we engage third-party contract manufacturers in countries that have existing GHG emission reporting or reduction laws or regulations, we would need to expend financial and other resources to comply with such regulations and/or to monitor our third-party manufacturers’ compliance with such regulations. In addition, we cannot control the actions of our third-party manufacturers or the public’s perceptions of them, nor can we assure that these manufacturers will conduct their businesses using climate change proactive or sustainable practices. Violations of climate change laws or regulations by third parties with whom we do business could result in negative public perception of us and/or delays in shipments and receipt of goods, and could subject us to fines or other penalties, any of which could restrict our business activities, increase our operating expenses or cause our sales to decline.

19

The costs and other effects of new legal requirements cannot be determined with certainty. Additional laws may directly or indirectly affect our production, distribution, packaging, cost of raw materials or fuel, any of which could impact our business and financial results. In addition, our efforts to comply with new legislation or regulations may increase our costs.

Our business could be negatively impacted by corporate citizenship and sustainability matters.

There is an increased focus from U.S. and foreign governmental and nongovernmental authorities and from certain investors, customers, consumers, employees, and other stakeholders concerning corporate citizenship and sustainability matters. From time to time, we announce certain initiatives, including goals regarding our focus areas, which include environmental matters, packaging and waste, responsible sourcing, social investments and inclusion and diversity. We could fail, or be perceived to fail, in our achievement of such initiatives or goals, or we could fail in accurately reporting our progress on such initiatives and goals. Such failures could be due to changes in our business. Moreover, the standards by which citizenship and sustainability efforts and related matters are measured are developing and evolving, and certain areas are subject to assumptions, which could change over time. In addition, as the result of such heightened public focus on sustainability matters, we may face increased pressure to provide expanded disclosure, make or expand commitments, set targets, or establish additional goals and take actions to meet such goals, in connection with such matters. We could also be criticized for the scope of such initiatives or goals or perceived as not acting responsibly in connection with these matters. Any such matters, or related corporate citizenship and sustainability matters, could adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

Product liability claims could adversely affect our reputation.

Despite our best efforts to ensure the quality and safety of the products we sell, we may be subject to product liability claims from customers or penalties from government agencies relating to allegations that the products sold by us are misbranded, contain contaminants or impermissible ingredients, provide inadequate instructions regarding their use or misuse, or include inadequate warnings concerning flammability or interactions with other substances. Such claims may result from tampering by unauthorized third parties, product contamination or spoilage, including the presence of foreign objects, substances, chemicals, other agents, or residues introduced during the growing, storage, handling and transportation phases. All of our vendors and their products must comply with applicable product and safety laws. We generally seek contractual indemnification and insurance coverage from our suppliers. However, if we do not have adequate insurance or contractual indemnification available, such claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operation. Our ability to obtain indemnification from foreign suppliers may be hindered by the manufacturer’s lack of understanding of United States product liability or other laws, which may make it more likely that we be required to respond to claims or complaints from customers as if we were the manufacturer of the products. Even with adequate insurance and indemnification, such claims could significantly damage our reputation and consumer confidence in our products. Our litigation expenses could increase as well, which also could have a materially negative impact on our results of operations even if a product liability claim is unsuccessful or is not fully pursued.

If we fail to protect our brand name, competitors may adopt trade names that dilute the value of our brand name.

We may be unable or unwilling to strictly enforce our trademarks in each jurisdiction in which we do business. Also, we may not always be able to successfully enforce our trademarks against competitors or against challenges by others. Our failure to successfully protect our trademarks could diminish the value and efficacy of our brand recognition and could cause customer confusion, which could, in turn, adversely affect our sales and profitability.

Risks Associated with Vendors and Distribution

We are dependent on foreign imports for a significant portion of our merchandise, and any changes in the trading relations and conditions between the United States and the relevant foreign countries may lead to a decline in inventory resulting in a decline in net sales, or an increase in the cost of sales resulting in reduced gross profit.

In fiscal 2020, approximately 80% of our merchandise was purchased through vendors in the United States who either import merchandise from foreign countries or contract with domestic manufacturers, while approximately 20%

20

of our merchandise was directly sourced by us from factories in foreign countries. We are subject to the risks involved with relying on products manufactured abroad, and we are subject to those risks to the extent that their effects are passed through to us by our vendors or whether those risks directly apply to us. These risks include changes in import duties, quotas, loss of “most favored nation” trading status with the United States for a particular foreign country, work stoppages, delays in shipments, first cost price increases, freight cost increases, exchange rate fluctuations, terrorism, public health crises, war, economic uncertainties (including inflation, foreign government regulations and political unrest), trade restrictions (including the United States imposing anti-dumping or countervailing duty orders, safeguards, remedies or compensation and retaliation due to illegal foreign trade practices) and other factors relating to foreign trade, including costs and uncertainties associated with efforts to identify and disclose sources of “conflict minerals” used in products that we cause to be manufactured and potential sell-through difficulties and reputational damage that may be associated with our inability to determine that such products are classified as “DRC conflict-free.” If any of these or other factors were to cause a disruption of trade, from the countries in which the suppliers of our vendors or our direct suppliers are located, our inventory levels may be reduced or the cost of our products may increase. For example, the outbreak of COVID-19 first identified in Wuhan, China has led to work and travel restrictions in and out of China as well as temporary closures or production and logistics constraints due to workforce availability of certain factories in China. These travel restrictions, factory closures, production and logistics constraints and shipping price increases have resulted in delayed shipments and increased shipping costs for some of our fiscal 2020 merchandise and will continue to impact us in fiscal 2021.

We cannot predict the effect that future changes in economic or political conditions in foreign countries may have on our operations. Although we believe that we could access alternative sources in the event of disruptions or delays in supply due to economic, political or health conditions in foreign countries, such disruptions or delays may adversely affect our results of operations unless and until alternative supply arrangements can be made. In addition, merchandise purchased from alternative sources may be of lesser quality or more expensive than the merchandise we currently purchase abroad.

Countries from which we or our vendors obtain these products may, from time to time, impose new or adjust prevailing quotas or other restrictions on exported products, and the United States may impose new duties, quotas and other restrictions on imported products. This could disrupt the supply of such products to us and adversely affect our operations. The United States Congress periodically considers other restrictions on the importation of products obtained for us. The cost of such products may increase for us if applicable duties are raised or import quotas with respect to such products are imposed or made more restrictive.

Approximately 76% of our fiscal 2020 purchases were derived from merchandise produced in China. We have developed strategies to try to mitigate the impact of current and future proposed tariffs, including collaborative efforts with our vendor partners and raising retail prices. There can be no assurance as to the final scope of the tariffs that will be imposed or the course or timing of trade negotiations between the United States and China to resolve the issues that led the Office of the U.S. Trade Representative to impose the tariffs. Imposition of the tariffs in 2020 and future fiscal years could have a material adverse effect on our cost of goods sold and results of operations.

We depend on a number of vendors to supply our merchandise, and any delay in merchandise deliveries from certain vendors may lead to a decline in inventory, which could result in a loss of net sales.

Any disruption in the supply or increase in pricing of our merchandise could negatively impact our ability to achieve anticipated operating results. We purchase our products from approximately 200 vendors with which we have no long-term purchase commitments or exclusivity contracts. We have a core group of 80 vendors that provide approximately 90% of our merchandise. We have one vendor that provides over 10% of our merchandise purchases. Any disruption in the relationship with our core vendors, especially our largest vendor, could negatively impact our ability to achieve anticipated operating results.

Historically, we have retained our vendors, and we have generally not experienced difficulty in obtaining desired merchandise from vendors on acceptable terms. However, our arrangements with these vendors do not guarantee the availability of merchandise, establish guaranteed prices or provide for the continuation of particular pricing practices. Our current vendors may not continue to sell products to us on current terms or at all, and we may not be able to establish relationships with new vendors to ensure delivery of products in a timely manner or on terms acceptable to us. In addition, a period of unfavorable financial performance may make it difficult for some of our vendors to arrange for the financing or factoring of their orders with manufacturers, which could result in our inability to obtain desired merchandise from those vendors.

21

We may not be able to acquire desired merchandise in sufficient quantities on terms acceptable to us in the future. Also, our business would be adversely affected if there were delays in product shipments to us due to freight difficulties, strikes or other difficulties at our principal transport providers or otherwise. We have from time to time experienced delays of this nature. We are also dependent on vendors for assuring the quality of merchandise supplied to us. Our inability to acquire suitable merchandise in the future or the loss of one or more of our vendors and our failure to replace any one or more of them may harm our relationship with our customers resulting in a loss of net sales.

Our success is highly dependent on our planning and control processes and our supply chain, and any disruption in or failure to continue to improve these processes may result in a loss of net sales and net income.

An important part of our efforts to achieve efficiencies, cost reductions and net sales growth is the continued identification and implementation of improvements to our planning, logistical and distribution infrastructure and our supply chain, including merchandise ordering, transportation and receipt processing. In addition, recent increases in energy prices have resulted, and are expected to continue to result, in increased merchandise and freight costs, which cannot readily be offset through higher prices because of competitive factors.

The distribution of products to our stores and directly to our customers is coordinated through our west coast bypass operation, our distribution facility in Jackson, Tennessee, our third-party distribution center in Dallas, Texas and two e-commerce shipping hubs in North Las Vegas, Nevada and Winchester, Virginia. We depend on the orderly operation of these receiving and distribution facilities, which rely on adherence to shipping schedules and effective management.

We make significant upgrades to our warehouse management software. If these changes or upgrades do not go smoothly or timely, then we could face significant disruptions with our distribution process and incur excess costs related to the upgrades.

In addition, we cannot assure that events beyond our control, such as disruptions due to fire or other catastrophic events, labor disagreements or shipping problems, will not result in delays in the delivery of merchandise to our stores or directly to our customers. We also cannot guarantee that our insurance will be sufficient, or that insurance proceeds will be timely paid to us, in the event that any of our distribution facilities are shut down for any reason.

Any significant disruption in the operations of our distribution facilities would have a material adverse effect on our ability to maintain proper inventory levels in our stores and satisfy our online orders, which could result in a loss of net sales and net income.

Our business could suffer if a manufacturer fails to use acceptable labor and environmental practices.

We do not control our vendors or the manufacturers that produce the products we buy from them, nor do we control the labor and environmental practices of our vendors and these manufacturers. The violation of labor, safety, environmental and/or other laws and standards by any of our vendors or these manufacturers, or the divergence of the labor and environmental practices followed by any of our vendors or these manufacturers from those generally accepted as ethical in the U.S., could interrupt, or otherwise disrupt, the shipment of finished products to us or damage our reputation. Any of these, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, financial condition and results of operations. In that regard, most of the products we sell are manufactured overseas, primarily in China, which may increase the risk that the labor and environmental practices followed by the manufacturers of these products may differ from those considered acceptable in the U.S.

Additionally, our products are subject to regulation of and regulatory standards set by various governmental authorities with respect to quality and safety. These regulations and standards may change from time to time. Our inability to comply on a timely basis with regulatory requirements could result in significant fines or penalties, which could adversely affect our reputation and sales. Issues with the quality and safety of merchandise we sell, regardless of our culpability, or customer concerns about such issues, could result in damage to our reputation, lost sales, uninsured product liability claims or losses, merchandise recalls and increased costs.

22

Risks Related to Dependence on Technology

Failure to protect the integrity and security of individually identifiable data of our customers and employees could expose us to litigation and damage our reputation; the expansion of our e-commerce business has inherent cybersecurity risks that may result in business disruptions.

We receive and maintain certain personal information about our customers and employees in the ordinary course of business. Our use of this information is regulated at the international, federal and state levels, as well as by certain third parties with whom we contract for such services. If our security and information systems are compromised or our business associates fail to comply with these laws and regulations and this information is obtained by unauthorized persons or used inappropriately, it could adversely affect our reputation, as well as operations, results of operations, and financial condition and could result in litigation or the imposition of penalties. As privacy and information security laws and regulations change, we may incur additional costs to ensure we remain in compliance. Our business requires collection of large volumes of internal and customer data, including credit card numbers and other personally identifiable information of our customers in various information systems and those of our service providers. The integrity and protection of customer, employee, and company data is critical to us. If that data is inaccurate or incomplete, we or the store employees could make faulty decisions. Customers and employees also have a high expectation that we and our service providers will adequately protect their personal information. The regulatory environment surrounding information, security and privacy is also increasingly demanding. Our existing systems may be unable to satisfy changing regulatory requirements and employee and customer expectations, or may require significant additional investments or time to do so. Despite implementation of various measures designed to protect our information systems and records, including those we maintain with our service providers, we may be subject to security breaches, system failures, viruses, operator error or inadvertent releases of data. A significant theft, loss, or fraudulent use of customer, employee, or company data maintained by us or by a service provider or failure to comply with the various United States and international laws and regulations applicable to the protection of such data or with Payment Card Industry data security standards, could adversely impact our reputation and could result in remedial and other expenses, fines, or litigation. A breach in the security of our information systems or those of our service providers could lead to an interruption in the operation of our systems, resulting in operational inefficiencies and a loss of profits.

Certain aspects of the business, particularly our website, heavily depend on consumers entrusting personal financial information to be transmitted securely over public networks. We have experienced increasing e-commerce sales over the past several years, which increases our exposure to cybersecurity risks. We invest considerable resources in protecting the personal information of our customers but are still subject to the risks of security breaches and cyber incidents resulting in unauthorized access to stored personal information. Any breach of our cybersecurity measures could result in violation of privacy laws, potential litigation, and a loss of confidence in our security measures, all of which could have a negative impact on our financial results and our reputation. In addition, a privacy breach or other type of cybercrime or cybersecurity attack could cause us to incur significant costs to restore the integrity of our system, could require the devotion of significant management resources, and could result in significant costs in government penalties and private litigation.

Our hardware and software systems are vulnerable to damage that could harm our business.

We rely upon our existing information systems for operating and monitoring all major aspects of our business, including sales, warehousing, distribution, purchasing, inventory control, merchandise planning and replenishment, as well as various financial functions. These systems and our operations are vulnerable to damage or interruption from:

• fire, flood and other natural disasters;

• power loss, computer systems failures, internet and telecommunications or data network failure, operator negligence, improper operation by or supervision of employees, physical and electronic loss of data or security breaches, misappropriation and similar events; and

• computer viruses and malicious attacks and security breaches.

Any disruption in the operation of our information systems, the loss of employees knowledgeable about such systems or our failure to continue to effectively modify such systems could interrupt our operations or interfere with

23

our ability to monitor inventory or process customer transactions, which could result in reduced net sales and affect our operations and financial performance. We also need to ensure that our systems are consistently adequate to handle our anticipated store growth and are upgraded as necessary to meet our needs. The cost of any such system upgrades or enhancements would be significant. If our systems are damaged or fail to function properly, we may incur substantial costs to repair or replace them, and may experience loss of critical data and interruptions or delays in our ability to manage inventories or process customer transactions, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We also rely heavily on our information technology staff. Failure to meet these staffing needs may negatively affect our ability to fulfill our technology initiatives while continuing to provide maintenance on existing systems. We rely on certain vendors to maintain and periodically upgrade many of these systems so that they can continue to support our business. The software programs supporting many of our systems were licensed to us by independent software developers. The inability of these developers or us to continue to maintain and upgrade these information systems and software programs would disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations if we are unable to convert to alternate systems in an efficient and timely manner. In addition, costs and potential problems and interruptions associated with the implementation of new or upgraded systems and technology, or with maintenance or adequate support of existing systems could also disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations.

Risks Related to Company Governance and Ownership

We depend on key personnel, and, if we lose the services of any member of our senior management team, we may not be able to run our business effectively.

We have benefited substantially from the leadership and performance of our senior management team. Our success will depend on our ability to retain our current senior management members and to attract and retain qualified personnel in the future. Competition for senior management personnel is intense, and there can be no assurances that we will be able to retain our personnel. There can also be no assurance that a reduced or less qualified executive team can suitably perform operational responsibilities.

Our charter and bylaw provisions and certain provisions of Tennessee law may make it difficult in some respects to cause a change in control of Kirkland’s and replace incumbent management.

Our charter authorizes the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock with such designations, rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by our Board of Directors. Accordingly, the Board of Directors is empowered, without shareholder approval, to issue preferred stock with dividend, liquidation, conversion, voting or other rights that could materially adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. Holders of our common stock do not have preemptive rights to subscribe for a pro rata portion of any capital stock that may be issued by us. In the event of issuance, such preferred stock could be utilized, under certain circumstances, as a method of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control of Kirkland’s.

Our charter and bylaws contain certain corporate governance provisions that may make it more difficult to challenge management, deter and inhibit unsolicited changes in control of Kirkland’s and have the effect of depriving our shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium over the prevailing market price of our common stock in the event of an attempted hostile takeover. First, the charter provides for a classified Board of Directors, with directors (after the expiration of the terms of the initial classified board of directors) serving three-year terms from the year of their respective elections and being subject to removal only for cause and upon the vote of 80% of the voting power of all outstanding capital stock entitled to vote (the “Voting Power”). Second, our charter and bylaws do not generally permit shareholders to call, or require that the Board of Directors call, a special meeting of shareholders. The charter and bylaws also limit the business permitted to be conducted at any such special meeting. In addition, Tennessee law permits action to be taken by the shareholders by written consent only if the action is consented to by holders of the number of shares required to authorize shareholder action and if all shareholders entitled to vote are parties to the written consent. Third, the bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for shareholders to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring other business before meetings of the shareholders. Only those shareholder nominees who are nominated in accordance with this procedure are eligible for election as directors of Kirkland’s, and only such shareholder proposals may be considered at a meeting of shareholders as have been presented to Kirkland’s in accordance with the procedure. Finally, the charter provides that the amendment or repeal of any of the foregoing provisions of the charter mentioned previously in this paragraph requires the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the

24

Voting Power. In addition, the bylaws provide that the amendment or repeal by shareholders of any bylaws made by our Board of Directors requires the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the Voting Power.

Furthermore, Kirkland’s is subject to certain provisions of Tennessee law, including certain Tennessee corporate takeover acts that are, or may be, applicable to us. These acts, which include the Investor Protection Act, the Business Combination Act and the Tennessee Greenmail Act, seek to limit the parameters in which certain business combinations and share exchanges occur. The charter, bylaws and Tennessee law provisions may have an anti-takeover effect, including possibly discouraging takeover attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for our common stock.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results.

As a public company, we are required to document and test our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 so that our management can certify the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. As a result, we may incur substantial expenses to test our systems, to make any necessary improvements, and to hire additional personnel.

We maintain a system of internal control over financial reporting, but there are limitations inherent in internal control systems. If we are unable to maintain adequate and effective internal control over financial reporting, our financial reporting could be adversely affected. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. In addition, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and the benefit of controls must be appropriate relative to their costs.

If our management is unable to certify the effectiveness of our internal controls, or if material weaknesses in our internal controls are identified, we could be subject to regulatory scrutiny and a loss of public confidence, which could harm our business and cause a decline in our common stock price. In addition, if we do not maintain adequate financial and management personnel, processes and controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial performance on a timely basis, which could cause a decline in our common stock price and harm our ability to raise capital.

General Risk Factors

Litigation may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

Our business is subject to the risk of litigation by employees, consumers, vendors, competitors, intellectual property rights holders, shareholders, government agencies and others through private actions, class actions, administrative proceedings, regulatory actions or other litigation means. The outcome of litigation, particularly class action lawsuits, regulatory actions and intellectual property claims, is difficult to assess or quantify. Plaintiffs in these types of lawsuits may seek recovery of very large or indeterminate amounts, and the magnitude of the potential loss relating to these lawsuits may remain unknown for substantial periods of time. In addition, certain of these lawsuits, if decided adversely to us or settled by us, may result in liability material to our consolidated financial statements as a whole or may negatively affect our operating results if changes to our business operation are required. The cost to defend future litigation may be significant. There also may be adverse publicity associated with litigation that could negatively affect customer perception of our business, regardless of whether the allegations are valid or whether we are ultimately found liable. As a result, litigation may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

The market price for our common stock might be volatile and could result in a decline in the value of your investment.

The price at which our common stock trades has been and is likely to continue to be highly volatile, and such volatility could expose us to securities class action litigation. The market price of our common stock could be subject to significant fluctuations in response to our operating results, general trends and prospects for the retail industry, announcements by our competitors, analyst recommendations, our ability to meet or exceed analysts’ or investors’ expectations, the condition of the financial markets and other factors. In addition, the stock market in recent years has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating

25

performance of companies. These fluctuations, as well as general economic and market conditions, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock notwithstanding our actual operating performance.

The uncertainty regarding the potential phase-out of the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) could adversely impact our results of operations and cash flows.

Our secured revolving credit facility bears interest based on LIBOR. Any changes in regulatory standards or industry practices, such as the transition away from LIBOR as a benchmark reference for short-term interest, may result in the usage of a higher reference rate for our variable debt.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

We lease all of our store locations and expect to continue our practice of leasing rather than owning. Our leases typically provide for 5- to 10-year initial terms, many with the ability for us (or the landlord) to terminate the lease at specified points during the term if net sales at the leased premises do not reach a certain annual level. Many of our leases provide for payment of percentage rent (i.e., a percentage of net sales in excess of a specified level), and the rate of increase in key ancillary charges is generally capped.

As current leases expire, we believe we have the option to obtain favorable lease renewals for present store locations or obtain new leases for equivalent or better locations in the same general area. To date, we have not experienced unusual difficulty in either renewing or extending leases for existing locations or securing leases for suitable locations for new stores.

The following table indicates the states where our stores are located and the number of stores within each state as of January 30, 2021:

State	Number of Stores		State	Number of Stores
Texas		56	Arkansas		8
Florida		32	Oklahoma		7
Georgia		24	Mississippi		6
North Carolina		21	New Jersey		6
Tennessee		20	Colorado		5
California		19	Wisconsin		5
Alabama		16	Delaware		4
Illinois		14	Kansas		4
Louisiana		12	Minnesota		4
Pennsylvania		12	Maryland		3
Indiana		11	Nevada		3
Ohio		11	New York		3
South Carolina		11	Iowa		2
Virginia		11	North Dakota		2
Missouri		10	Nebraska		2
Arizona		9	West Virginia		1
Kentucky		9	South Dakota		1
Michigan		9	Total		373

26

We lease all of our distribution locations, and we lease additional overflow warehouse space as needed on a month-to-month basis. The following is a list of distribution locations including the approximate square footage as of January 30, 2021:

Distribution Facility Locations	Type	Approximate Square Footage
Jackson, Tennessee	store and e-commerce fulfillment		771,000
Lancaster, Texas	third-party operated store fulfillment		200,000
Winchester, Virginia	e-commerce fulfillment		63,000
North Las Vegas, Nevada	e-commerce fulfillment		33,000

We also lease 49,000 square feet of office space in Brentwood, Tennessee.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

See Note 8 — Commitments and Contingencies in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Our common stock is listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “KIRK”. We commenced trading on Nasdaq on July 11, 2002. On March 15, 2021, there were approximately 35 holders of record and approximately 12,425 beneficial owners of our common stock.

The following table sets forth the high and low last sale prices of our common stock for the periods indicated.

	Fiscal 2020				Fiscal 2019
	High		Low		High		Low
First Quarter	$	1.46	$	0.63	$	11.68	$	5.79
Second Quarter	$	5.47	$	0.76	$	5.85	$	1.54
Third Quarter	$	12.71	$	6.12	$	1.72	$	1.13
Fourth Quarter	$	28.07	$	9.23	$	1.64	$	0.91

Dividend Policy

There have been no dividends declared on any class of our common stock since fiscal 2015. Our senior credit facility restricts our ability to pay cash dividends. See Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources for discussion of our senior credit facility. Future cash dividends, if any, will be determined by our Board of Directors and will be based upon our earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, debt covenants and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors.

Stock Price Performance Graph

Not applicable to smaller reporting companies.

Issuer Repurchases of Equity Securities

On September 24, 2018, we announced that our Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase plan providing for the purchase in the aggregate of up to $10 million of our outstanding common stock. This share repurchase plan

27

was completed during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020. On December 3, 2020, we announced that our Board of Directors authorized a new share repurchase plan providing for the purchase in the aggregate of up to $20 million of our outstanding common stock. Repurchases of shares are made in accordance with applicable securities laws and may be made from time to time in the open market or by negotiated transactions. The amount and timing of repurchases are based on a variety of factors, including stock price, regulatory limitations and other market and economic factors. The share repurchase plan does not require us to repurchase any specific number of shares, and we may terminate the repurchase plan at any time. In fiscal 2020, we repurchased and retired 9,926 shares of common stock at an aggregate cost of approximately $178,000 under our share repurchase plans. As of January 30, 2021, we had approximately $19.8 million remaining under the current share repurchase plan. Shares of common stock repurchased by the Company during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020 were as follows:

Period	Total Number of Shares Repurchased		Average Price Paid per Share		Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Program		Maximum Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased (in 000s)
November 29, 2020 to January 2, 2021		2,200	$	19.11		2,200	$	19,979
January 3, 2021 to January 30, 2021		7,726		17.66		7,726		19,843
Total		9,926	$	17.98		9,926	$	19,843

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

While this item, Item 6. Selected Financial Data, is not applicable to smaller reporting companies, we have in recent years provided this information voluntarily. We have elected to early-adopt, as permitted under the applicable SEC rules, certain amendments to Management’s Discussion and Analysis and the elimination of Selected Financial Data and Supplementary Financial Information adopted by the SEC on November 19, 2020. The final rule became effective on February 10, 2021 and must be applied in a registrant’s first fiscal year ending on or after August 9, 2021; however, early adoption is permitted following the effective date on an item-by-item basis so long as the issuer complies with the amended requirements. Based on the final rule, we have excluded “Item 6. Selected Financial Data” from this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion should be read with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. A number of the matters and subject areas discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, “Business” and elsewhere in this Form 10-K are not limited to historical or current facts and deal with potential future circumstances and developments and are accordingly “forward-looking statements.” You are cautioned that such forward-looking statements, which may be identified by words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “expect,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan” and similar expressions, are only predictions and that actual events or results may differ materially.

Our fiscal year is comprised of the 52 or 53-week period ending on the Saturday closest to January 31. Accordingly, fiscal 2020 represented the 52 weeks ended on January 30, 2021. Fiscal 2019 represented the 52 weeks ended on February 1, 2020. Fiscal 2018 represented the 52 weeks ended on February 2, 2019.

Introduction

We are a specialty retailer of home décor in the United States, operating 373 stores in 35 states as of January 30, 2021, as well as an e-commerce website, www.kirklands.com. Our stores present a curated selection of distinctive merchandise, including holiday décor, furniture, textiles, wall décor, decorative accessories, art, mirrors, fragrances and other home decorating items. Our stores offer an extensive assortment of holiday merchandise during seasonal periods. We provide our customers with an engaging shopping experience characterized by affordable home décor and inspirational design ideas. This combination of quality and stylish merchandise, value pricing and a stimulating online and store experience allow our customer to furnish their entire home on a budget.

28

Overview of Key Financial Measures

Net sales and gross profit are the most significant drivers of our operating performance. Net sales consists of all merchandise sales to customers, net of returns, shipping revenue associated with e-commerce sales, gift card breakage revenue and excludes sales taxes. Our net sales for fiscal 2020 decreased by 10.0% to $543.5 million from $603.9 million in fiscal 2019. The net sales decrease in fiscal 2020 resulted primarily from 59 permanent store closures in fiscal 2020 along with a comparable sales decrease due to the temporary closure of our stores in the first half of the fiscal year due to the COVID-19 pandemic, which was partially offset by increased e-commerce sales. Comparable sales, which includes the increase in e-commerce sales, decreased 3.8% for fiscal 2020.

We use comparable sales to measure sales increases and decreases from stores that have been open for at least 13 full fiscal months including our online sales. In fiscal 2020, we changed our comparable sales calculation to remove closed stores from the calculation the day after the store closes. Prior to this change, stores closed during the year were included in the comparable store sales calculation only for the full fiscal months of the year the stores were open. In fiscal 2021, relocated stores will remain in our comparable sales calculation. Previously, relocated stores were removed from the comparable store base when the existing store closed, and the new replacement store was added into the comparable store sales calculation after 13 full fiscal months of activity. E-commerce sales, including shipping revenue, are included in comparable sales. Increases in comparable sales are an important factor in maintaining or increasing our profitability.

Gross profit is the difference between net sales and cost of sales. Cost of sales has various distinct components, including: product cost of sales (including inbound freight, damages and inventory shrinkage), store occupancy costs (including rent and depreciation of leasehold improvements and other property and equipment), outbound freight costs to stores, e-commerce shipping expenses and central distribution costs (including operational costs and depreciation of leasehold improvements and other property and equipment). Product and outbound freight costs are variable, while occupancy and central distribution costs are largely fixed. Accordingly, gross profit expressed as a percentage of net sales can be influenced by many factors including overall sales performance. For fiscal 2020, gross profit increased 4.5% to $172.8 million from $165.4 million for fiscal 2019. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales increased to 31.8% for fiscal 2020 from 27.4% in fiscal 2019, primarily driven by an increase in merchandise margin due to lower promotional activity and increased direct sourcing.

Operating expenses, including the costs of operating our stores and corporate headquarters, are also an important component of our operating performance. Compensation and benefits comprise the majority of our operating expenses. Operating expenses contain fixed and variable costs, and managing the operating expense ratio (operating expenses expressed as a percentage of net sales) is an important focus of management as we seek to increase our overall profitability. Operating expenses include cash costs as well as non-cash costs, such as depreciation and amortization associated with omni-channel software and corporate property and equipment and impairment of long-lived assets. Because many operating expenses are fixed costs, and because operating costs tend to rise over time, increases in comparable sales typically are necessary to prevent meaningful increases in the operating expense ratio. Operating expenses can also include certain costs that are of a one-time or non-recurring nature. While these costs must be considered to fully understand our operating performance, we typically identify such costs separately where significant in the consolidated statements of operations so that we can evaluate comparable expense data across different periods.

Strategic Priorities and Financial Goals

Our key strategic initiatives include:

• Accelerating product development to reinforce quality and relevancy as we continue the transformation of the Kirkland’s brand into a specialty retailer where customers are able to furnish their entire home on a budget;

• Improving omni-channel via website enhancements, more focused marketing spending, an expanded online assortment and an in-store experience that is aligned with our omni-channel capabilities;

• Improving the customer experience with our re-launched loyalty program, extended credit options and broadened delivery options; and

• Utilizing our leaner infrastructure to be nimbler in our response to changes in consumer preferences and buying behaviors.

29

Our financial goals include:

• Improving comparable store sales performance, driven by e-commerce growth, merchandising, brick-and-mortar store productivity and closure of underperforming stores;

• Stabilizing gross margin by continuing with our current discipline of limited promotional offers, expanding direct sourcing, improving supply chain efficiency and reducing occupancy costs with a goal to improve our annual gross profit margin to a mid-30% range over the next two to three years;

• Improving profitability by leveraging the leaner infrastructure with comparable sales growth to achieve our goal of annual EBITDA as a percent of sales in the high-single to low-double digit range and annual operating income in the mid to high-single-digit range within two to three years; and

• Maintaining adequate liquidity and generating free cash flow while continuing to invest in key strategic initiatives of the business and returning excess cash to our shareholders.

Store Optimization

As part of our store optimization strategy, which includes exiting unprofitable stores and continuing to reduce the store base over the next several years, we permanently closed 59 store locations in fiscal 2020. We are prioritizing sustained improvement in overall profitability and developing a future state plan for infrastructure that complements our omni-channel concept and improves the customer experience. We anticipate additional store closures and limited store openings as we execute our store optimization strategy over the next several years. We believe our ideal store count should be in the range of 300 to 350 stores and expect to achieve that range in the next two to three years.

The following table summarizes store information for the periods indicated:

	52 Weeks Ended			52 Weeks Ended			52 Weeks Ended
	January 30, 2021			February 1, 2020			February 2, 2019
New stores opened during the period		—			5			25
Stores closed during the period		59			1			15
(Decrease) increase in store units		(13.7	)%		0.9	%		2.4	%
(Decrease) increase in store square footage		(13.3	)%		0.9	%		3.2	%

The following table summarizes store information as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020:

	As of January 30, 2021		As of February 1, 2020
Number of stores		373		432
Square footage		2,980,191		3,437,072
Average square footage per store		7,990		7,956

Cash Flow

Our cash and cash equivalents balance increased from $30.1 million at February 1, 2020 to $100.3 million at January 30, 2021 reflecting our operating performance and changes in working capital. Our objective is to finance all of our operating and investing activities for fiscal 2021 with cash provided by operations and borrowings available under our revolving credit facility, if needed.

30

Fiscal 2020 Compared to Fiscal 2019

Results of operations. The table below sets forth selected results of our operations both in dollars (in thousands) and as a percentage of net sales for the periods indicated:

	Fiscal 2020						Fiscal 2019						Change
	$			%			$			%			$			%
Net sales	$	543,496			100.0	%	$	603,880			100.0	%	$	(60,384	)		(10.0	)%
Cost of sales		370,658			68.2			438,446			72.6			(67,788	)		(15.5	)
Gross profit		172,838			31.8			165,434			27.4			7,404			4.5
Operating expenses:
Compensation and benefits		85,569			15.7			116,895			19.4			(31,326	)		(26.8	)
Other operating expenses		63,290			11.7			75,647			12.5			(12,357	)		(16.3	)
Depreciation (exclusive of depreciation included in cost of sales)		6,305			1.2			6,704			1.1			(399	)		(6.0	)
Asset impairment		9,387			1.7			19,229			3.2			(9,842	)		(51.2	)
Operating income (loss)		8,287			1.5			(53,041	)		(8.8	)		61,328			(115.6	)
Interest expense		571			0.1			457			0.1			114			24.9
Other income		(376	)		(0.1	)		(911	)		(0.2	)		535			(58.7	)
Income (loss) before income taxes		8,092			1.5			(52,587	)		(8.7	)		60,679			(115.4	)
Income tax (benefit) expense		(8,547	)		(1.6	)		678			0.1			(9,225	)		(1,360.6	)
Net income (loss)	$	16,639			3.1	%	$	(53,265	)		(8.8	)%	$	69,904			(131.2	)%

Net sales. Net sales decreased 10.0% to $543.5 million in fiscal 2020 compared to $603.9 million in fiscal 2019. The net sales decrease of $60.4 million in fiscal 2020 resulted primarily from the permanent closure of 59 stores during fiscal 2020 along with a comparable sales decrease partially due to the temporary closure of our stores in the first half of the fiscal year due to the COVID-19 pandemic along with a decline in brick-and-mortar traffic, which was partially offset by an e-commerce sales increase of $46.3 million. Comparable store sales, including e-commerce sales, decreased 3.8% for fiscal 2020 compared to a decrease of 7.1% for fiscal 2019. In fiscal 2020, e-commerce sales increased 46.9% compared to the prior year period and were 26.7% of our net sales. The increase in e-commerce sales was driven by an increase in website traffic and an increase in average ticket.

Gross profit. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales increased approximately 440 basis points from 27.4% in fiscal 2019 to 31.8% in fiscal 2020. The increase in gross profit margin was due to favorable merchandise margin, store occupancy costs and outbound store freight costs partially offset by unfavorable e-commerce shipping expenses and higher distribution center costs. Merchandise margin increased approximately 530 basis points from 51.6% in fiscal 2019 to 56.9% in fiscal 2020. The increase in merchandise margin was driven by lower promotional activity and increased direct sourcing. Store occupancy and depreciation costs decreased approximately 90 basis points as a percentage of net sales due to store closures and negotiated rent reductions. Outbound store freight costs decreased approximately 80 basis points as a percentage of net sales, which was driven by reduced routes from the distribution centers to the stores due to lower inventory levels and shipping rate decreases. E-commerce shipping expenses increased approximately 210 basis points as a percentage of net sales due to the higher mix of ship-to-home e-commerce sales. Central distribution costs increased approximately 50 basis points as a percentage of net sales compared to the prior year mainly due to the lower warehouse expense capitalization adjustment driven by lower inventory levels.

Compensation and benefits. Compensation and benefits as a percentage of net sales decreased approximately 370 basis points from 19.4% in fiscal 2019 to 15.7% in fiscal 2020 primarily due to lower store wages due to a revised store labor model, which has less employees in the store during non-peak hours and lower performing stores operating with less employees, a shift towards e-commerce sales and lower corporate salaries and wages due to reduced headcount, partially offset by higher bonus expense.

Other operating expenses. Other operating expenses as a percentage of net sales decreased approximately 80 basis points from 12.5% in fiscal 2019 to 11.7% in fiscal 2020. The decrease as a percentage of net sales was primarily due to numerous cost saving initiatives and lower professional fees and travel costs.

31

Asset impairment. During fiscal 2020, we recorded an impairment charge of approximately $9.4 million including $6.2 million for right-of-use asset impairment at 24 stores, $3.1 million for property and equipment impairment charges at 24 stores and excess store fixture impairment of $0.1 million compared to an impairment charge of approximately $19.2 million in the prior year period including approximately $2.9 million for right-of-use asset impairment at nine stores, $9.9 million for property and equipment impairment charges at 38 stores, $0.9 million in excess store fixture impairment, $4.7 million in impaired software projects and $0.8 million related to e-commerce distribution center impairment.

Income tax (benefit) expense. We recorded income tax benefit of $8.5 million, or 105.6% of pre-tax income, during fiscal 2020 compared to income tax expense of $0.7 million, or 1.3% of the loss before income taxes, during the prior year period. The change in the tax rate for fiscal 2020 compared to the prior year period was primarily due to a $12.3 million income tax benefit related to the carryback of the 2019 net operating loss to prior periods pursuant to the CARES Act, partially offset by $1.3 million due to the change in the valuation allowance against deferred tax assets compared to recording a $12.0 million valuation allowance against deferred tax assets in the prior year period. See Note 3 — Income taxes in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this form 10-K for further discussion.

Net income (loss). As a result of the foregoing, we reported net income of $16.6 million, or $1.12 per diluted share, for fiscal 2020 compared to a net loss of $53.3 million, or $3.79 per diluted share, for fiscal 2019.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Adjusted net income (loss) and adjusted earnings (loss) per share. To supplement our audited consolidated financial statements presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), we provide certain non-GAAP financial measures, including adjusted income (loss) and adjusted diluted earnings (loss) per share. These measures are not in accordance with, and are not intended as alternatives to, GAAP. We use these non-GAAP financial measures internally in analyzing our financial results, and we believe that they provide useful information to analysts and investors, as a supplement to GAAP measures, in evaluating our operational performance.

We define adjusted net income (loss) and adjusted diluted earnings (loss) per share by adjusting the applicable GAAP measure for non-GAAP adjustments.

Non-GAAP measures are intended to provide additional information only and do not have any standard meanings prescribed by GAAP. Use of these terms may differ from similar measures reported by other companies. Each non-GAAP measure has its limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider them in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of the Company’s results as reported under GAAP.

32

The following table shows a reconciliation net income (loss) and diluted earnings (loss) per share to adjusted net income (loss) and adjusted diluted earnings (loss) per share for the 52 weeks ended January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020:

	52 Weeks Ended
	January 30, 2021			February 1, 2020
Net income (loss)	$	16,639		$	(53,265	)
Non-GAAP adjustments, net of tax:
Closed store and lease termination costs in cost of sales(1)		(840	)		(219	)
Asset impairment(2)		6,948			15,133
Stock-based compensation expense, including tax impact(3)		1,177			3,870
Severance charges(4)		859			2,065
Other costs included in operating expenses(5)		325			815
Total adjustments in operating expenses		9,309			21,883
Tax valuation allowance(6)		1,292			12,035
CARES Act - net operating loss carry back(7)		(12,276	)		—
Total non-GAAP adjustments, net of tax		(2,515	)		33,699
Adjusted net income (loss)	$	14,124		$	(19,566	)
Diluted earnings (loss) per share	$	1.12		$	(3.79	)
Adjusted diluted earnings (loss) per share	$	0.95		$	(1.39	)
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding		14,880			14,070

(1) Costs associated with closed stores and lease termination costs, including gains on lease terminations, amounts paid to third-parties for rent reduction negotiations and lease termination fees paid to landlords for store closings.

(2) Asset impairment charges include both right-of-use asset and property and equipment impairment charges.

(3) Stock-based compensation expense includes amounts expensed related to equity incentive plans.

(4) Severance charges include expenses related to severance agreements. This also includes permanent store closure compensation costs.

(5) Other costs include executive transition costs, corporate lease negotiation fees associated with rent reduction in fiscal 2020 and write-offs of excess and obsolete supplies in fiscal 2019.

(6) To remove the impact of the change in our valuation allowance against deferred tax assets.

(7) To remove the impact of the income tax benefit recorded in fiscal 2020 related to the carry back of fiscal 2019 federal net operating losses to prior periods as permitted under the CARES Act.

33

Fiscal 2019 Compared to Fiscal 2018

Results of operations. The table below sets forth selected results of our operations both in dollars (in thousands) and as a percentage of net sales for the periods indicated:

	Fiscal 2019						Fiscal 2018						Change
	$			%			$			%			$			%
Net sales	$	603,880			100.0	%	$	647,071			100.0	%	$	(43,191	)		(6.7	)%
Cost of sales		438,446			72.6			444,002			68.6			(5,556	)		(1.3	)
Gross profit		165,434			27.4			203,069			31.4			(37,635	)		(18.5	)
Operating expenses:
Compensation and benefits		116,895			19.4			116,272			18.0			623			0.5
Other operating expenses		75,647			12.5			74,682			11.6			965			1.3
Depreciation (exclusive of depreciation included in cost of sales)		6,704			1.1			7,234			1.1			(530	)		(7.3	)
Asset impairment		19,229			3.2			—			—			19,229			100.0
Operating (loss) income		(53,041	)		(8.8	)		4,881			0.7			(57,922	)		(1,186.7	)
Interest expense		457			0.1			267			—			190			71.2
Other income		(911	)		(0.2	)		(1,197	)		(0.2	)		286			(23.9	)
(Loss) income before income taxes		(52,587	)		(8.7	)		5,811			0.9			(58,398	)		(1,005.0	)
Income tax expense		678			0.1			2,031			0.3			(1,353	)		(66.6	)
Net (loss) income	$	(53,265	)		(8.8	)%	$	3,780			0.6	%	$	(57,045	)		(1,509.1	)%

Net sales. Net sales decreased 6.7% to $603.9 million in fiscal 2019 compared to $647.1 million in fiscal 2018. The net sales decrease of $43.2 million in fiscal 2019 resulted primarily from the store comparable sales decrease of $64.6 million, partially offset by the e-commerce comparable sales increase of $19.9 million and new store growth of approximately $1.5 million. Comparable store sales, including e-commerce sales, decreased 7.1% for fiscal 2019 compared to a decrease of 1.3% for fiscal 2018. In fiscal 2019, e-commerce sales increased 25.3% compared to the prior year period. The decrease in brick-and-mortar comparable stores sales was primarily due to a decline in traffic. The increase in e-commerce sales was driven by a gain in transactions partially offset by a drop in average ticket. Merchandise categories that contributed heavily to the comparable sales decrease in fiscal 2019 were ornamental wall décor, lamps, gift, art and decorative accessories, which were partially offset by positive contributions from textiles, furniture and holiday.

Gross profit. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales decreased approximately 400 basis points from 31.4% in fiscal 2018 to 27.4% in fiscal 2019. The overall decrease in gross profit margin was due primarily to a decrease in merchandise margin, the deleverage of store occupancy costs and supply chain cost pressures. Merchandise margin decreased approximately 260 basis points from 54.2% in fiscal 2018 to 51.6% in fiscal 2019. The decrease in merchandise margin was driven by a decrease in product margin from both incremental discounting and product mix. Store occupancy costs were flat to the prior year in dollars, but increased approximately 80 basis points as a percentage of net sales primarily due to deleverage from negative brick-and-mortar comparable sales. Central distribution costs increased approximately 60 basis points as a percentage of net sales compared to the prior year mainly due to a change in the methodology for capitalizing distribution costs.

Compensation and benefits. Compensation and benefits as a percentage of net sales increased approximately 140 basis points from 18.0% in fiscal 2018 to 19.4% in fiscal 2019 primarily as a result of an increase in corporate severance to reduce corporate overhead, additional stock compensation expense related to canceling previously granted stock options and the deleverage of store payroll expenses.

Other operating expenses. Other operating expenses as a percentage of net sales increased approximately 90 basis points from 11.6% in fiscal 2018 to 12.5% in fiscal 2019. The increase as a percentage of net sales was primarily due to incremental advertising expenses to drive sales and increased supplies expense as we wrote off excess and obsolete supplies.

34

Asset impairment. During fiscal 2019, the Company recorded an impairment charge of approximately $19.2 million including $2.9 million for right-of-use asset impairment at nine stores, $9.9 million for property and equipment impairment charges at 38 stores, $0.9 million in excess fixture impairment, $4.7 million in impaired software projects and $0.8 million related to e-commerce distribution center impairment compared to no impairment charge in fiscal 2018.

Income tax expense. We recorded income tax expense of $0.7 million, or 1.3% of the loss before income taxes, during fiscal 2019 compared to income tax expense of $2.0 million, or 35.0% of pre-tax income, during the prior year period. The change in the tax rate for fiscal 2019 compared to the prior year period was primarily due to establishing a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets which was $12.0 million as of February 1, 2020, as we had a three-year cumulative pre-tax loss, and by the realization of discrete shortfall tax expense related to stock forfeitures, stock cancellations and the vesting of restricted stock units. See Note 3 — Income taxes in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this form 10-K for further discussion.

Net (loss) income. As a result of the foregoing, we reported net losses of $53.3 million, or $3.79 per diluted share, for fiscal 2019 compared to net income of $3.8 million, or $0.24 per diluted share, for fiscal 2018.

The following table shows a reconciliation net (loss) income and diluted (loss) earnings per share to adjusted net (loss) income and adjusted diluted (loss) earnings per share for the 52 weeks ended February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019:

	52 Weeks Ended
	February 1, 2020			February 2, 2019
Net (loss) income	$	(53,265	)	$	3,780
Non-GAAP adjustments, net of tax:
Closed store and lease termination costs in cost of sales(1)		(219	)		—
Asset impairment(2)		15,133			—
Stock-based compensation expense, including tax impact(3)		3,870			2,617
Severance charges(4)		2,065			72
Other costs included in operating expenses(5)		815			1,544
Total adjustments in operating expenses		21,883			4,233
Tax valuation allowance(6)		12,035			—
Total non-GAAP adjustments, net of tax		33,699			4,233
Adjusted net (loss) income	$	(19,566	)	$	8,013
Diluted (loss) earnings per share	$	(3.79	)	$	0.24
Adjusted diluted (loss) earnings per share	$	(1.39	)	$	0.51
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding		14,070			15,566

(1) Costs associated with closed stores and lease termination costs, including gains on lease terminations, amounts paid to third-parties for rent reduction negotiations and lease termination fees paid to landlords for store closings.

(2) Asset impairment charges include both right-of-use asset and property and equipment impairment charges.

(3) Stock-based compensation expense includes amounts expensed related to equity incentive plans.

(4) Severance charges include expenses related to severance agreements. This also includes permanent store closure compensation costs.

(5) Other costs include write-offs of excess and obsolete supplies in fiscal 2019 and CEO transition costs is fiscal 2018.

(6) To remove the impact of the change in our valuation allowance against deferred tax assets.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our principal capital requirements are for working capital and capital expenditures. Working capital consists mainly of merchandise inventories offset by accounts payable, which typically reach their peak in the early portion of the fourth quarter of each fiscal year. Capital expenditures primarily relate to technology and omni-channel projects, distribution center and supply chain enhancements, new stores and existing store remodels. Historically, we have

35

funded our working capital and capital expenditure requirements with internally generated cash and borrowings under our revolving credit facility.

Cash flows from operating activities. Net cash provided by operating activities was $78.6 million is fiscal 2020, net cash used in operating activities was $8.3 million in fiscal 2019, and net cash provided by operating activities was $22.3 million for fiscal 2018. Cash flows from operating activities depends heavily on operating performance, changes in working capital and the timing and amount of payments for income taxes. The increase in the amount of cash flows from operations in fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019 was primarily due to the increase in operating performance and a decrease in inventories due to inventory purchase order cancellations in response to the COVID-19 pandemic followed by supply chain delays after resuming merchandise orders. We expect to be closer to planned inventory levels by the end of the second quarter of fiscal 2021. The decrease in the amount of cash flows from operations in fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 was primarily due to the decline in operating performance.

Cash flows from investing activities. Net cash used in investing activities was $8.5 million, $15.7 million and $28.8 million for fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

The table below sets forth capital expenditures by category (in thousands) for the periods indicated:

	52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021		52 Weeks Ended February 1, 2020		52 Weeks Ended February 2, 2019
Distribution center and supply chain enhancements	$	4,592	$	5,561	$	2,265
Technology and omni-channel projects		2,679		3,584		6,958
Existing stores		1,062		3,225		3,896
Corporate		350		632		2,998
New stores		15		2,678		12,658
Total capital expenditures	$	8,698	$	15,680	$	28,775

The capital expenditures in fiscal 2020 related primarily to distribution center and supply chain enhancements, technology and omni-channel projects and existing store maintenance. The capital expenditures in fiscal 2019 related primarily to distribution center and supply chain enhancements, technology and omni-channel projects, existing store refreshes, remodels and maintenance and five new store openings. Capital expenditures in fiscal 2018 related primarily to the opening of 25 new stores during the period, information technology and omni-channel projects, investments in our existing stores and corporate hardware lease buyouts.

Cash flows from financing activities. Net cash provided by financing activities was $0.1 million in fiscal 2020. Net cash used in financing activities was $3.9 million and $15.8 million for fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, respectively. During fiscal 2020, we borrowed $40 million on our revolving credit facility to fund operations due to temporary store closures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and subsequently repaid the full $40 million. During fiscal 2019, we borrowed $25 million on our revolving credit facility to support our inventory purchases ahead of our fourth quarter selling season and repaid the full $25 million before fiscal year end. We had no borrowings or repayments under our revolving credit facility in fiscal 2018. During fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, we repurchased and retired approximately $0.2 million, $3.7 million and $15.7 million of common stock, respectively.

Senior credit facility. On December 6, 2019, we entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “2019 Credit Agreement”) with Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent and collateral agent, and lender. The 2019 Credit Agreement replaced the Company’s Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 19, 2011, as amended by that Joinder and First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of February 26, 2016 (the “2016 Credit Agreement”) and, together with the 2019 Credit Agreement, (the “Credit Agreements”). Like the 2016 Credit Agreement, the 2019 Credit Agreement contains a $75 million senior secured revolving credit facility, a swingline availability of $10 million and a $25 million incremental accordion feature. The 2019 Credit Agreement contains substantially similar terms and conditions as the 2016 Credit Agreement, and extended its maturity date to December 2024. The 2016 Credit Agreement was scheduled to expire in February 2021. Advances under the Credit Agreements bear interest at an annual rate equal to LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 125 to 175 basis points with no LIBOR floor, and the fee paid to the lender on the unused portion of the credit facility is 25 basis points per annum.

36

Borrowings under the Credit Agreements are subject to certain conditions and contain customary events of default, including, without limitation, failure to make payments, a cross-default to certain other debt, breaches of covenants, breaches of representations and warranties, a change in control, certain monetary judgments and bankruptcy and ERISA events. Upon any such event of default, the principal amount of any unpaid loans and all other obligations under the Credit Agreements may be declared immediately due and payable. The maximum availability under the Credit Agreements is limited by a borrowing base formula, which consists of a percentage of eligible inventory and eligible credit card receivables, less reserves.

We are subject to a Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement (“Security Agreement”) with our lender. Pursuant to the Security Agreement, we pledged and granted to the administrative agent, for the benefit of itself and the secured parties specified therein, a lien on and security interest in all of the rights, title and interest in substantially all of our assets to secure the payment and performance of the obligations under the Credit Agreements.

As of January 30, 2021, we were in compliance with the covenants in the 2019 Credit Agreement. As of January 30, 2021, there were $1.75 million in letters of credit outstanding, and there were no outstanding borrowings under the credit facility with approximately $39.5 million available for borrowing.

As of January 30, 2021, our balance of cash and cash equivalents was approximately $100.3 million. We believe that the combination of our cash balances, cash flow from operations and availability under our 2019 Credit Agreement will be sufficient to fund our planned capital expenditures and working capital requirements for at least the next twelve months.

Company Response to COVID-19. The COVID-19 pandemic has created significant public health concerns as well as economic disruption, uncertainty, and volatility which has affected our business operations in fiscal 2020. If the pandemic persists throughout fiscal 2021 or worsens, it would continue to impact our business operations. We continue to closely monitor the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on all facets of our business, which includes the impact on our employees, customers, suppliers, vendors, business partners and supply chain networks.

In the first quarter of fiscal 2020, as a proactive and cautionary measure, we elected to borrow $40.0 million from our revolving credit facility, which was later repaid during the second quarter of fiscal 2020. We also temporarily closed all of our stores in the first quarter of fiscal 2020 and reopened stores during the second quarter of fiscal 2020. In an effort to further strengthen our financial flexibility and efficiently manage through the pandemic during the first half of the year, we permanently reduced store and corporate payroll, furloughed store employees, cancelled inventory purchases, reduced capital expenditures and cut advertising, outbound freight and other expenses. We also implemented a new curbside pickup option for customers at our stores.

The CARES Act was signed into law during our first fiscal quarter. The CARES Act, among other things, includes provisions relating to refundable payroll tax credits, deferral of employer side social security payments, net operating loss carryback periods, alternative minimum tax credit refunds, modifications to the net interest deduction limitations and technical corrections to tax depreciation methods for qualified improvement property. The CARES Act allowed our net operating losses incurred in 2019 to be carried back to preceding taxable years to generate a refund of previously paid income taxes of approximately $12.3 million. We have a $1.4 million employer tax credit receivable from the IRS, and we have deferred $3.3 million in employer payroll taxes that we plan to repay in October 2021.

All of our stores and distribution centers are currently open with enhanced safety measures. The health and safety of our employees and customers are the primary concerns of our management team. We have taken and continue to take numerous actions to promote health and safety, including, providing personal protective equipment to our employees, establishing mask protocols in our facilities, rolling out additional functionality to support contactless shopping experiences, implementing additional cleaning and sanitation procedures and promoting social distancing.

Share repurchase plan. On August 22, 2017, we announced that our Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase plan providing for the purchase in the aggregate of up to $10 million of our outstanding common stock. This share repurchase plan was completed during the third quarter of fiscal 2018. On September 24, 2018, we announced that our Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase plan providing for the purchase in the aggregate of up to $10 million of our outstanding common stock. This share repurchase plan was completed during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020. On December 3, 2020, we announced that our Board of Directors authorized a new share

37

repurchase plan providing for the purchase in the aggregate of up to $20 million of our outstanding common stock. Repurchases of shares are made in accordance with applicable securities laws and may be made from time to time in the open market or by negotiated transactions. The amount and timing of repurchases are based on a variety of factors, including stock price, regulatory limitations and other market and economic factors. The share repurchase program does not require us to repurchase any specific number of shares, and we may terminate the repurchase program at any time. As of January 30, 2021, we had approximately $19.8 million remaining under the current share repurchase plan.

The table below sets forth selected stock repurchase plan information (in thousands, except share amounts) for the periods indicated:

	52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021		52 Weeks Ended February 1, 2020		52 Weeks Ended February 2, 2019
Shares repurchased and retired		9,926		807,275		1,650,748
Share repurchase cost	$	178	$	3,657	$	15,717

Contractual Obligations

Not applicable to smaller reporting companies.

Related Party Transactions

We had an agreement with a related party vendor to purchase merchandise inventory. The vendor was considered a related party for financial reporting purposes because its principal owner is the spouse of our former Vice President of Product Development and Trend. As of June 14, 2019, the vendor is no longer a related party. The table below sets forth selected results related to this vendor, for the time period that the vendor was a related party, in dollars (thousands) and percentages for the periods indicated:

	52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021		52 Weeks Ended February 1, 2020			52 Weeks Ended February 2, 2019
Related Party Vendor
Purchases	$	—	$	19,577		$	54,280
Purchases as a percent of total merchandise purchases	— %			7.6	%		20.7	%
Cost of sales	$	—	$	14,749		$	53,253
Payable amounts outstanding at fiscal year end	$	—	$	—		$	8,166

Seasonality and Quarterly Results

We have historically experienced, and expect to continue to experience, substantial seasonal fluctuations in our net sales and operating results. We believe this is the general pattern typical of our segment of the retail industry and expect that this pattern will continue in the future. Our quarterly results of operations may also fluctuate significantly as a result of a variety of other factors, including the timing of store closings and openings, customer traffic changes, shifts in the timing of certain holidays and competition. Consequently, comparisons between quarters are not necessarily meaningful, and the results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of future results.

Our strongest sales period is the fourth quarter of our fiscal year when we generally realize a disproportionate amount of our net sales and a substantial majority of our operating and net income. In anticipation of the increased sales activity during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year, we purchase large amounts of inventory and hire temporary staffing help for our stores. Our operating performance could suffer if net sales were below seasonal norms during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year.

We have elected to early-adopt, as permitted under the applicable SEC rules, certain amendments to Management’s Discussion and Analysis and the elimination of Selected Financial Data and Supplementary Financial Information adopted by the SEC on November 19, 2020. The final rule became effective on February 10, 2021 and must be applied in a registrant’s first fiscal year ending on or after August 9, 2021; however, early adoption is permitted following the effective date on an item-by-item basis so long as the issuer fully complies with the amended

38

requirements. Based on the final rule, we have excluded “Quarterly Financial Information” from this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Inflation

We do not believe that our operating results have been materially affected by inflation during the preceding three fiscal years. There can be no assurance, however, that our operating results will not be adversely affected by inflation in the future.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and the results of our operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates that affect the reported amounts contained in the financial statements and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions, which are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates. Our critical accounting policies are discussed in the notes to our consolidated financial statements. Certain judgments and estimates utilized in implementing these accounting policies are likewise discussed in the notes to our consolidated financial statements. The following discussion aggregates the various critical accounting policies addressed throughout the financial statements, the judgments and uncertainties affecting the application of these policies and the likelihood that materially different amounts would be reported under varying conditions and assumptions.

Inventory valuation — Our inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, net of reserves and allowances, with cost determined using the average cost method, with average cost approximating current cost. The carrying value of our inventory is affected by reserves for shrinkage, damages and obsolescence.

We estimate as a percentage of sales the amount of shrinkage that has occurred between the most recently completed store physical count and the end of the financial reporting period based upon historical physical inventory count results. Management adjusts these estimates based on changes, if any, in the trends yielded by our physical inventory counts, which occur throughout the fiscal year. Historically the variation between our recorded estimates and observed results has been insignificant, and although possible, significant future variation is not expected. If our estimated shrinkage reserve varied by 10% from the amount recorded, the carrying value of inventory would have changed approximately $168,000 as of January 30, 2021.

We also evaluate the cost of our inventory by category and class of merchandise in relation to the estimated sales price. This evaluation is performed to ensure that we do not carry inventory at a value in excess of the amount we expect to realize upon the sale of the merchandise. Our reserves for excess and obsolete inventory reduce merchandise inventory to the lower of cost or net realizable value based upon our historical experience of selling goods below cost. Historically, the variation between our estimates to account for excess and obsolete inventory and actual results has been insignificant. As of January 30, 2021, our reserve for excess and obsolete inventory was approximately $263,000.

Impairments — We evaluate the recoverability of the carrying amounts of long-lived assets, including lease right-of-use assets, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying values may not be recoverable. This review includes the evaluation of individual under-performing retail stores and assessing the recoverability of the carrying value of the assets related to the stores. Future cash flows are projected for the remaining lease life. If the estimated future cash flows are less than the carrying value of the assets, we record an impairment charge equal to the difference between the assets’ fair value and carrying value. The fair value is estimated using a discounted cash flow approach considering such factors as future sales levels, gross margins, changes in rent and other expenses as well as the overall operating environment specific to that store. The amount of the impairment charge is allocated proportionately to all assets in the asset group with no asset written down below its individual fair value.

In fiscal 2019, we shifted to estimating the fair value of long-lived fixed assets based on orderly liquidation value, as we believe this method better reflects the fair value of the assets. We previously used the age-life method for calculating the fair value of long-lived fixed assets. Under the age-life method, the replacement cost of an asset is

39

estimated and reduced by depreciation based on the effective age of the asset and its expected useful life. The age-life method takes into consideration the fact that we will continue to use these assets based on a presumed investment decision where the expected cash flows from operating the store are greater than the expected cash flows that result from not operating the store. This is a material change to our impairment loss assessment methodology. Our asset impairment charges were $9.4 million and $19.2 million for fiscal 2020 and 2019, respectively, while we had no impairment charges in fiscal 2018. If our estimates and assumptions used in estimating future cash flows and asset fair values change or our operating results deteriorate, we may be exposed to additional losses that could be material.

Insurance reserves — Workers’ compensation and general liability insurance programs are predominately self-insured. It is our policy to record a self-insurance liability using estimates of claims incurred but not yet reported or paid, based on historical claims experience and actuarial methods. The assumptions made by management in estimating our self-insurance reserves include consideration of historical cost experience and judgments about the present and expected levels of cost per claim. As we obtain additional information and refine our methods regarding the assumptions and estimates we use to recognize liabilities incurred, we will adjust our reserves accordingly. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, our net self-insurance reserve estimates related to workers’ compensation and general liability insurance programs were $5.3 million and $5.9 million, respectively.

Actuarial methods are used to develop estimates of the future ultimate claim costs based on the claims incurred as of the balance sheet dates. Management believes that the various assumptions developed and actuarial methods used to determine our self-insurance reserves are reasonable and provide meaningful data and information that management uses to make its best estimate of our exposure to these risks. Arriving at these estimates, however, requires a significant amount of subjective judgment by management; and, as a result, these estimates are uncertain and our actual exposure may be different from our estimates. For example, changes in our assumptions about health care costs, the severity of accidents, the average size of claims and other factors could cause actual claim costs to vary materially from our assumptions and estimates, causing our reserves to be understated or overstated. For instance, a 10% change in our self-insurance liabilities would have affected pre-tax income by approximately $531,000 for fiscal 2020.

Income taxes — Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on the differences between the financial statement and the tax law treatment of certain items. Realization of certain components of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the occurrence of future events. We record valuation allowances to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount we believe is more likely than not to be realized. These valuation allowances can be impacted by changes in tax laws, changes to statutory tax rates, and future taxable income levels and are based on our judgment, estimates and assumptions regarding those future events. In the event we were to determine that we would not be able to realize all or a portion of the net deferred tax assets in the future, we would increase the valuation allowance through a charge to income tax expense in the period that such determination is made. Conversely, if we were to determine that we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future, in excess of the net carrying amounts, then we would decrease the recorded valuation allowance through a decrease to income tax expense in the period that such determination is made. Due to changes in facts and circumstances and the estimates and judgments that are involved in determining the proper valuation allowance, differences between actual events and prior estimates and judgments could result in adjustments to this valuation allowance. We established a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets in fiscal 2019, as we have a three-year cumulative pre-tax loss. As of January 30, 2021, we had a $6.0 million deferred tax valuation allowance.

We normally use an estimate of our annual effective tax rate at each interim period based on the facts and circumstances available at that time, while the actual effective tax rate is calculated at year-end. In fiscal 2020, we used the actual tax rate for the period for the first and third fiscal quarters and used the estimated annual rate for the second fiscal quarter.

Our income tax returns are subject to audit by local, state and federal tax authorities, which include questions regarding our tax filing positions including the timing and amount of deductions and the allocation of income among various tax jurisdictions. In evaluating the tax exposures associated with our filing positions, we record reserves for probable exposures. We adjust our tax contingencies reserve and income tax provision in the period in which actual results of a settlement with tax authorities differs from our established reserve, the statute of limitations expires for the relevant tax authority to examine the tax position or when more information becomes available. Our tax contingencies reserve contains uncertainties because management is required to make assumptions and to apply

40

judgment to estimate the exposures associated with our various filing positions and whether or not the minimum requirements for recognition of tax benefits have been met. We do not believe that there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the reserves established for tax benefits not recognized. Although we believe our judgments and estimates are reasonable, actual results could differ, and we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material. We have no unrecognized tax benefit reserve as of January 30, 2021.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

As of January 30, 2021, we had no outstanding borrowings under our 2019 Credit Agreement. We borrowed and repaid $40.0 million under our revolving credit facility during fiscal 2020. We are exposed to interest rate changes, primarily as a result of borrowings under our revolving credit facility (as discussed in Note 4 — Senior Credit Facility in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K), which bear interest based on variable rates. A 1% increase or decrease in the interest rate on borrowings under our revolving credit facility at our recent borrowing levels would not have a material impact to our results of operations.

We manage cash and cash equivalents in various institutions at levels beyond federally insured limits per institution, and we may purchase investments not guaranteed by the FDIC. Accordingly, there is a risk that we will not recover the full principal of our investments or that their liquidity may be diminished.

We were not engaged in any foreign exchange contracts, hedges, interest rate swaps, derivatives or other financial instruments with significant market risk as of January 30, 2021.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The financial statements and schedules set forth below are filed on the indicated pages as part of this annual report on Form 10-K.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	42
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020	45
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the 52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021, February 1, 2020, and February 2, 2019	46
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the 52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021, February 1, 2020, and February 2, 2019	47
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the 52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021, February 1, 2020, and February 2, 2019	48
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	49

41

Report Of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Kirkland’s, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Kirkland’s, Inc. (the Company) as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended January 30, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended January 30, 2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures include examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Estimate of Workers' Compensation and General Liability Self-Insurance Reserves

Description of the Matter

At January 30, 2021, the Company’s net reserves for workers’ compensation and general liability self-insurance risks were $5.3 million. As discussed in Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements, the Company retains a significant portion of risk for its workers’ compensation and general liability exposures. Accordingly, provisions are recorded based upon periodic estimates of such losses, as determined by management. The future claim costs for the workers’ compensation and general liability exposures are estimated using actuarial methods that consider assumptions for a number of factors including, but not limited to, historical claims experience, the severity of accidents and the average size of claims.   Auditing management’s estimate of the recorded workers’ compensation and general liability self-insurance reserves was complex and judgmental due to the significant assumptions and judgments required by management in projecting the exposure on incurred claims that remain unresolved, including those which have occurred but not yet been reported to the Company.

42

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit	We obtained an understanding of the Company’s accounting for self-insurance exposures. For example, we gained an understanding of management’s process for reviewing the appropriateness of the significant assumptions described above, including the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data, as well as the process for reviewing the actuarial calculations. To test the Company’s estimate of the self-insurance reserves, we performed audit procedures that included, among others, assessing the actuarial valuation methodologies utilized by management, testing the significant assumptions described above, testing the related underlying data used by the Company in its evaluation for completeness and accuracy, and testing the mathematical accuracy of the calculations. Our audit procedures also included, among others, comparing the significant assumptions used by management to industry accepted actuarial assumptions and reassessing the accuracy of management’s historical estimates utilized in prior period evaluations. We involved our actuarial valuation specialists to assist in assessing the valuation methodologies and significant assumptions noted above and to develop an independent range of estimates for the insurance reserves which were then compared to management’s estimates.
	Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
Description of the Matter	As more fully described in Notes 1 and 11 of the consolidated financial statements, the Company evaluates if there are indicators of impairment for long-lived assets in accordance with ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment. The Company’s first step is to determine whether indicators of impairment exist in its long-lived assets, including lease right of use assets, when events or changes in circumstances dictate that their carrying value may not be recoverable.  This review includes the evaluation of individual under-performing retail stores and assessing the recoverability of the carrying value of the assets related to the stores.  Future cash flows are projected for the remaining lease life.  If the estimated future cash flows are less than the carrying value of the assets, the Company records an impairment charge equal to the difference between the assets’ fair value and carrying value.  The fair value is estimated using a discounted cash flow approach considering such factors as sales levels, gross margins, and other expenses as well as the overall operating environment specific to that store.  Significant assumptions utilized in the fair value analyses for stores include estimating undiscounted future cash flows of the asset or asset group, estimating market participant rents, and estimating a discount rate that approximates the cost of capital of a market participant. Auditing the Company’s store impairment analysis was complex and involved a high degree of subjectivity, as it included assessing the assumptions utilized to project the undiscounted cash flows to be generated by retail stores with indicators of impairment, for purposes of determining if such cash flows were less than the carrying amount. Further, auditing this analysis also involved evaluating the assumptions utilized to estimate the fair value of those retail stores to calculate any impairment.

43

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit We obtained an understanding of the Company’s processes over the identification of indicators of impairment, the assessment of the projected undiscounted cash flows to be generated by retail stores with indicators of impairment, the determination of the fair value of the retail stores and the measurement of any resulting impairment. This process includes, among others, review of the assumptions utilized to develop the projected undiscounted cash flows and the related fair value estimates, and management’s evaluation of the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data utilized to project future operating results for the retail stores.   Our testing of the Company’s impairment analyses included, among other procedures, inspecting the Company’s analysis of historical results to determine if contrary evidence existed as to the completeness of the population of potentially impaired retail stores. Additionally, we evaluated the significant assumptions discussed above used to project the undiscounted cash flows and the incremental assumptions discussed above used to estimate fair value. For example, we compared the significant assumptions used by management to historical results, current industry and economic trends, changes in the Company’s business model, and other relevant factors. We performed sensitivity analyses of significant assumptions to evaluate the changes in the fair value of the individual retail stores that would result from changes in the underlying assumptions. We involved our valuation specialists to assist in our evaluation of the fair value estimate specific to evaluating market participant real estate data.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2006.

Nashville, Tennessee

March 26, 2021

44

KIRKLAND’S, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

	January 30, 2021			February 1, 2020
	(In thousands, except share data)
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	100,337		$	30,132
Inventories, net		62,083			94,674
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		8,278			6,705
Total current assets		170,698			131,511
Property and equipment:
Equipment		20,463			21,390
Furniture and fixtures		72,775			80,622
Leasehold improvements		109,501			123,022
Computer software and hardware		79,260			73,984
Projects in progress		1,429			6,862
Property and equipment, gross		283,428			305,880
Accumulated depreciation		(220,018	)		(223,017	)
Property and equipment, net		63,410			82,863
Operating lease right-of-use assets		147,334			200,067
Other assets		5,670			8,001
Total assets	$	387,112		$	422,442
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	55,173		$	59,513
Accrued expenses		37,454			28,773
Operating lease liabilities		44,973			53,154
Total current liabilities		137,600			141,440
Operating lease liabilities		148,976			195,736
Other liabilities		5,614			8,311
Total liabilities		292,190			345,487
Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)		—			—
Shareholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, no par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or outstanding at January 30, 2021, and February 1, 2020		—			—
Common stock, no par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized; 14,292,250 and 13,955,826 shares issued and outstanding at January 30, 2021, and February 1, 2020, respectively		174,391			172,885
Accumulated deficit		(79,469	)		(95,930	)
Total shareholders’ equity		94,922			76,955
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	387,112		$	422,442

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

45

KIRKLAND’S, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

	52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021			52 Weeks Ended February 1, 2020			52 Weeks Ended February 2, 2019
	(In thousands, except per share data)
Net sales	$	543,496		$	603,880		$	647,071
Cost of sales		370,658			423,697			390,749
Cost of sales related to merchandise purchased from related party vendor		—			14,749			53,253
Cost of sales		370,658			438,446			444,002
Gross profit		172,838			165,434			203,069
Operating expenses:
Compensation and benefits		85,569			116,895			116,272
Other operating expenses		63,290			75,647			74,682
Depreciation (exclusive of depreciation included in cost of sales)		6,305			6,704			7,234
Asset impairment		9,387			19,229			—
Total operating expenses		164,551			218,475			198,188
Operating income (loss)		8,287			(53,041	)		4,881
Interest expense		571			457			267
Other income		(376	)		(911	)		(1,197	)
Income (loss) before income taxes		8,092			(52,587	)		5,811
Income tax (benefit) expense		(8,547	)		678			2,031
Net income (loss)	$	16,639		$	(53,265	)	$	3,780
Earnings (loss) per share:
Basic	$	1.18		$	(3.79	)	$	0.24
Diluted	$	1.12		$	(3.79	)	$	0.24
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic		14,159			14,070			15,445
Effect of dilutive common stock equivalents		721			—			121
Diluted		14,880			14,070			15,566

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

46

KIRKLAND’S, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

	Common Stock						Accumulated Deficit			Total Stockholders’ Equity
	Shares			Amount
	(In thousands, except share data)
Balance at February 3, 2018		15,977,239		$	167,501		$	(26,740	)	$	140,761
Employee stock purchases		37,128			320			—			320
Exercise of stock options		177,526			23			—			23
Restricted stock issued		110,400			—			—			—
Net share settlement of stock options and restricted stock		(146,721	)		(382	)		—			(382	)
Stock-based compensation expense		—			2,015			—			2,015
Repurchase and retirement of common stock		(1,650,748	)		—			(15,717	)		(15,717	)
Net income		—			—			3,780			3,780
Balance at February 2, 2019		14,504,824			169,477			(38,677	)		130,800
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle		—			—			(331	)		(331	)
Employee stock purchases		104,160			241			—			241
Restricted stock issued		197,090			—			—			—
Net share settlement of restricted stock		(42,973	)		(87	)		—			(87	)
Stock-based compensation expense		—			3,254			—			3,254
Repurchase and retirement of common stock		(807,275	)		—			(3,657	)		(3,657	)
Net loss		—			—			(53,265	)		(53,265	)
Balance at February 1, 2020		13,955,826			172,885			(95,930	)		76,955
Employee stock purchases		34,999			35			—			35
Exercise of stock options		52,561			360			—			360
Restricted stock issued		281,604			—			—			—
Net share settlement of stock options and restricted stock		(22,814	)		(60	)		—			(60	)
Stock-based compensation expense		—			1,171			—			1,171
Repurchase and retirement of common stock		(9,926	)		—			(178	)		(178	)
Net income		—			—			16,639			16,639
Balance at January 30, 2021		14,292,250		$	174,391		$	(79,469	)	$	94,922

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

47

KIRKLAND’S, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

	52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021			52 Weeks Ended February 1, 2020			52 Weeks Ended February 2, 2019
	(In thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)	$	16,639		$	(53,265	)	$	3,780
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation of property and equipment		23,256			27,720			29,453
Amortization of debt issuance costs		93			56			54
Asset impairment charge		9,387			19,229			—
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle		—			(331	)		—
Loss on disposal of property and equipment		87			200			383
Stock-based compensation expense		1,171			3,254			2,015
Deferred income taxes		1,525			178			513
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Inventories, net		32,591			(10,240	)		(3,179	)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		(1,654	)		3,851			633
Accounts payable		(2,883	)		18,928			(4,443	)
Accounts payable to related party vendor		—			(8,166	)		643
Accrued expenses		6,803			1,666			(1,592	)
Income taxes payable (refundable)		1,959			(704	)		(4,448	)
Operating lease assets and liabilities		(8,573	)		(10,645	)		(1,047	)
Other assets and liabilities		(1,838	)		—			(444	)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		78,563			(8,269	)		22,321
Cash flows from investing activities:
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment		209			—			—
Capital expenditures		(8,698	)		(15,680	)		(28,775	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(8,489	)		(15,680	)		(28,775	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Borrowings on revolving line of credit		40,000			25,000			—
Repayments on revolving line of credit		(40,000	)		(25,000	)		—
Debt issuance costs		(26	)		(362	)		—
Cash used in net share settlement of stock options and restricted stock		(60	)		(87	)		(382	)
Proceeds received from employee stock option exercises		360			—			23
Employee stock purchases		35			241			320
Repurchase and retirement of common stock		(178	)		(3,657	)		(15,717	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		131			(3,865	)		(15,756	)
Cash and cash equivalents:
Net increase (decrease)		70,205			(27,814	)		(22,210	)
Beginning of the year		30,132			57,946			80,156
End of the year	$	100,337		$	30,132		$	57,946
Supplemental cash flow information:
Interest paid	$	442		$	377		$	190
Income taxes (received) paid		(11,945	)		1,091			5,966
Supplemental schedule of non-cash activities:
Non-cash accruals for purchases of property and equipment	$	396		$	1,853		$	1,272
Operating lease assets and liabilities recognized upon adoption of ASC 842		—			295,240			—
(Decrease) increase of operating lease liabilities from new or modified leases		(4,001	)		18,922			—

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

48

KIRKLAND’S, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of business — Kirkland’s, Inc. (the “Company”) is a specialty retailer of home décor in the United States operating 373 stores in 35 states as of January 30, 2021, as well as an e-commerce website, www.kirklands.com.

Principles of consolidation — The consolidated financial statements of the Company include the accounts of Kirkland’s, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries Kirkland’s Stores, Inc., Kirkland’s DC, Inc. and Kirkland’s Texas, LLC. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Use of estimates — The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from the estimates and assumptions used.

Changes in estimates are recognized in the period when new information becomes available to management. Areas where the nature of the estimate makes it reasonably possible that actual results could materially differ from amounts estimated include, but are not limited to, impairment assessments on long-lived assets, inventory reserves, self-insurance reserves and deferred tax asset valuation allowances.

Company Response to COVID-19 — The COVID-19 pandemic has created significant public health concerns as well as economic disruption, uncertainty, and volatility which has affected the Company’s business operations in fiscal 2020. The Company continues to closely monitor the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on all facets of its business, which includes the impact on its employees, customers, suppliers, vendors, business partners and supply chain networks.

In the first quarter of fiscal 2020, as a proactive and cautionary measure, the Company elected to borrow $40.0 million from its revolving credit facility, which was later repaid during the second quarter of fiscal 2020. The Company also temporarily closed all of its stores in the first quarter of fiscal 2020 and reopened stores during the second quarter of fiscal 2020. In an effort to further strengthen the Company’s financial flexibility and efficiently manage through the pandemic during the first half of the year, the Company permanently reduced store and corporate payroll, furloughed store employees, cancelled inventory purchases, reduced capital expenditures and cut advertising, outbound freight and other expenses. The Company also implemented a new curbside pickup option for customers at our stores.

The CARES Act was signed into law during our first fiscal quarter. The CARES Act, among other things, includes provisions relating to refundable payroll tax credits, deferral of employer side social security payments, net operating loss carryback periods, alternative minimum tax credit refunds, modifications to the net interest deduction limitations and technical corrections to tax depreciation methods for qualified improvement property. The CARES Act allowed the Company’s net operating losses incurred in 2019 to be carried back to preceding taxable years to generate a refund of previously paid income taxes of approximately $12.3 million. The Company has a $1.4 million employer tax credit receivable from the IRS, and the Company has deferred $3.3 million in employer payroll taxes.

All of the Company’s stores and distribution centers are currently open with enhanced safety measures. The health and safety of the Company’s employees and customers are the primary concerns of the Company’s management team. The Company has taken and continues to take numerous actions to promote health and safety, including, providing personal protective equipment to its employees, establishing mask protocols in its facilities, rolling out additional functionality to support contactless shopping experiences, implementing additional cleaning and sanitation procedures and promoting social distancing.

Basis of presentation — In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)”, which supersedes the existing guidance for lease accounting, Leases (Topic 840) (“ASU 2016-02”). At the beginning of fiscal 2019, the Company adopted the

49

new lease accounting guidance. The adoption of the new lease accounting guidance had a material impact to the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and related disclosures, and resulted in the recording of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities of approximately $295.2 million as of the date of adoption. This guidance was applied using the optional transition method, which allowed the Company to not recast comparative financial information but rather recognize a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the effective date in the period of adoption. An adjustment of $331,000 was made to retained earnings as a result of right-of-use assets that were impaired upon the adoption of this guidance. See Note 11 — Impairment for further discussion. The standard did not materially impact the Company’s consolidated statements of operations or cash flows. For additional information, including the required disclosures, related to the impact of adopting this standard, see Note 5 — Leases.

Fiscal year — The Company’s fiscal year is comprised of the 52 or 53-week period ending on the Saturday closest to January 31. Accordingly, fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 represented the 52 weeks ended on January 30, 2021, February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019, respectively.

Reclassification — Deferred income taxes in the fiscal 2019 asset section of the consolidated balance sheet has been reclassified to be included in other assets to conform to the fiscal 2020 presentation. This reclassification had no effect on total assets.

Cash equivalents — Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit in banks and payments due from banks for customer credit cards, as they generally settle within 24-48 hours.

Inventory — The Company’s inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, net of reserves and allowances, with cost determined using the average cost method, with average cost approximating current cost. Inventory cost consists of the direct cost of merchandise including freight. The carrying value of our inventory is affected by reserves for shrinkage, damages and obsolescence.

The Company incurs various types of warehousing, transportation and delivery costs in connection with inventory purchases and distribution. Such costs are included as a component of the overall cost of inventories and recognized as a component of cost of sales as the related inventory is sold. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, there were $4.0 million and $5.9 million, respectively, of distribution center costs included in inventory.

The Company estimates as a percentage of sales the amount of inventory shrinkage that has occurred between the most recently completed store physical count and the end of the financial reporting period based upon historical physical inventory count results. The Company adjusts these estimates based on changes, if any, in the trends yielded by its physical inventory counts, which occur throughout the fiscal year. The reserve for estimated inventory shrinkage was $1.7 million and $1.3 million as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, respectively.

The Company estimates a reserve for unknown damaged inventory based on historical damage data. Management adjusts these estimates based on any changes in actual damage results. The reserve for estimated damaged inventory was approximately $547,000 and $1,059,000 as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, respectively.

The Company also evaluates the cost of inventory by category and class of merchandise in relation to the estimated sales price. This evaluation is performed to ensure that inventory is not carried at a value in excess of the amount expected to be realized upon the sale of the merchandise. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, our reserve for excess and obsolescence was approximately $263,000 and $745,000, respectively.

The Company receives various payments and allowances from vendors, including rebates and other credits. The amounts received are subject to the terms of vendor agreements, which generally do not state an expiration date, but are subject to ongoing negotiations that may be impacted in the future based on changes in market conditions and changes in the profitability, quality or sell-through of the related merchandise. For all such vendor allowances, the Company records the vendor funds as a reduction of inventories. As the related inventory is sold, such allowances and credits are recognized as a reduction to cost of sales.

50

Prepaid expenses and other current assets — The Company recognizes assets for expenses paid but not yet incurred, as well as other items such as supplies inventory and miscellaneous receivables. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, prepaid expenses and other current assets included receivables of approximately $3.3 million and $1.0 million, respectively, mainly related to payroll tax refunds allowed for under the CARES Act in the current year and various miscellaneous receivables in the prior year.

Property and equipment — Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Furniture, fixtures and equipment are generally depreciated over five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the useful life of the asset or the expected lease term, typically ranging from five to 10 years. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred, and improvements are capitalized. Gains or losses on the disposition of fixed assets are recorded upon disposal of the related asset.

Cost of internal use software — The Company capitalizes the cost of computer software developed or obtained for internal use. Capitalized computer software costs consist primarily of payroll-related and consulting costs incurred during the application development stage. The Company expenses costs related to preliminary project assessments, research and development, re-engineering, training and application maintenance as they are incurred. Capitalized software costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over an estimated life of three to 10 years. For fiscal years 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company recorded approximately $6.9 million, $7.0 million and $7.4 million, respectively, for depreciation of capitalized software. The net book value of these assets totaled $20.0 million and $17.0 million at the end of fiscal years 2020 and 2019, respectively. Property and equipment included capitalized computer software currently under development of $1.0 million and $6.3 million as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, respectively.

Asset retirement obligations — The Company recognizes a liability for the fair value of required asset retirement obligations (“ARO”) when such obligations are incurred. The Company’s AROs are primarily associated with leasehold improvements, which, at the end of a lease, the Company is contractually obligated to remove in order to comply with the lease agreement. At the inception of a lease with such conditions, the Company records an ARO liability and a corresponding capital asset in an amount equal to the estimated fair value of the obligation. The liability is estimated based on various assumptions requiring management’s judgment and is accreted to its projected future value over time. The capitalized asset is depreciated using the convention for depreciation of leasehold improvement assets. Upon satisfaction of the ARO conditions, any difference between the recorded ARO liability and the actual retirement costs incurred is recognized as an operating gain or loss in the consolidated statements of operations. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, the liability for asset retirement obligations was approximately $755,000 and $822,000, respectively and the asset was approximately $175,000 and $213,000, respectively.

Leases — Operating lease assets and liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date. Operating lease liabilities represent the present value of future lease payments. Operating lease assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset and are based upon the operating lease liabilities adjusted for prepayments or accrued lease payments, initial direct costs, lease incentives, and impairment, if any, of operating lease assets. To determine the present value of lease payments not yet paid at lease commencement or modification, the Company uses the collateralized incremental borrowing rate corresponding to the reasonably certain lease term. The Company estimates its collateralized incremental borrowing rate based upon a synthetic credit rating and yield curve analysis. See Note 5 — Leases for further discussion.

Impairment of long-lived assets — The Company evaluates the recoverability of the carrying amounts of long-lived assets, including lease right-of-use assets, when events or changes in circumstances dictate that their carrying values may not be recoverable. This review includes the evaluation of individual under-performing retail stores and assessing the recoverability of the carrying value of the assets related to the stores. Future cash flows are projected for the remaining lease life. If the estimated future cash flows are less than the carrying value of the assets, the Company records an impairment charge equal to the difference between the assets’ fair value and carrying value. The fair value is estimated using a discounted cash flow approach considering such factors as future sales levels, gross margins, changes in rent and other expenses as well as the overall operating environment specific to that store. The amount of the impairment charge is allocated proportionately to all assets in the asset group with no asset written down below its individual fair value.

51

In fiscal 2019, the Company shifted to estimating the fair value of long-lived fixed assets based on orderly liquidation value as the Company believes this method better reflects the fair value of the assets. The Company previously used the age-life method for calculating the fair value of long-lived assets. Under the age-life method, the replacement cost of an asset is estimated and reduced by depreciation based on the effective age of the asset and its expected useful life. The age-life method takes into consideration the fact that we will continue to use these assets based on a presumed investment decision where the expected cash flows from operating the store are greater than the expected cash flows that result from not operating the store. See Note 11 — Impairment for further discussion.

Insurance reserves — Workers’ compensation, general liability and employee medical insurance programs are predominately self-insured. It is the Company’s policy to record a self-insurance liability using estimates of claims incurred but not yet reported or paid, based on historical claims experience and actuarial methods. Actual results can vary from estimates for many reasons, including, changes in our assumptions about health care costs, the severity of accidents, the average size of claims and other factors. The Company monitors its claims experience in light of these factors and revises its estimates of insurance reserves accordingly. The level of insurance reserves may increase or decrease as a result of these changing circumstances or trends. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, the Company’s net self-insurance reserve estimates related to workers’ compensation and general liability were $5.3 million and $5.9 million, respectively. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, the Company’s net self-insurance reserve estimates related to employee medical insurance were approximately $265,000 and $513,000, respectively.

Net sales — Net sales includes the sale of merchandise, net of returns, shipping revenue, gift card breakage revenue and revenue earned from our private label credit card program and excludes sales taxes.

Sales Returns Reserve — The Company reduces net sales and estimates a liability for sales returns based on historical return trends, and the Company believes that its estimate for sales returns is an accurate reflection of future returns associated with past sales. However, as with any estimate, refund activity may vary from estimated amounts. The Company had a liability of approximately $2.0 million and $1.6 million reserved for sales returns at January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, respectively, included in accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets. The related sales return reserve product recovery asset included in prepaid expenses and other current assets on the consolidated balance sheets was approximately $850,000 and $695,000 at January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, respectively.

Deferred e-commerce revenue — The Company recognizes revenue at the time of sale of merchandise to customers in its stores. E-commerce revenue is recorded at the estimated time of delivery to the customer. If the Company receives payment before completion of its customer obligations, the revenue is deferred until the customer takes possession of the merchandise and the sale is complete. Deferred revenue related to e-commerce orders that have been shipped but not estimated to be received by customers included in accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets was approximately $1,165,000 and $656,000 at January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, respectively. The related contract assets, reflected in inventory on the consolidated balance sheets, totaled approximately $530,000 and $319,000 at January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, respectively.

Gift cards — Gift card sales are recognized as revenue when tendered for payment. While the Company honors all gift cards presented for payment, the Company determines the likelihood of redemption to be remote for certain gift card balances due to long periods of inactivity. The Company uses the redemption recognition method to account for breakage for unused gift card amounts where breakage is recognized as gift cards are redeemed for the purchase of goods based upon a historical breakage rate. In these circumstances, to the extent the Company determines there is no requirement for remitting unredeemed card balances to government agencies under unclaimed property laws, such amounts are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations as a component of net sales.

The table below sets forth selected gift card liability information (in thousands) for the periods indicated:

	January 30, 2021		February 1, 2020		February 2, 2019
Gift card liability, net of estimated breakage (included in accrued expenses)	$	13,408	$	13,128	$	13,032

52

The table below sets forth selected gift card breakage and redemption information (in thousands) for the periods indicated:

	52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021		52 Weeks Ended February 1, 2020		52 Weeks Ended February 2, 2019
Gift card breakage revenue (included in net sales)	$	1,172	$	1,084	$	1,102
Gift card redemptions recognized in the current period related to amounts included in the gift card contract liability balance as of the prior period		5,329		6,593		6,194

Customer loyalty program — The Company has established a loyalty program called the K-club, whereby members receive access to coupons, birthday rewards, monthly sweepstakes, sneak peeks, exclusive deals and more. During fiscal 2018, the Company eliminated the part of the program whereby customers earned loyalty points, which became certificates that could be redeemed on future purchases. In fiscal 2020, the Company redesigned the loyalty program to again offer points to members on qualifying purchases that are converted into certificates that may be redeemed on future purchases. This customer option is a material right and, accordingly, represents a separate performance obligation to the customer under ASC 606 Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The allocated consideration for the points earned by loyalty program members is deferred based on the standalone selling price of the points and recorded within accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheet. The measurement of standalone selling prices takes into consideration the estimated points that will be converted to certificates and certificates that are expected to be redeemed, based on historical redemption patterns. This measurement is applied to the Company’s portfolio of performance obligations for points earned, as all obligations have similar economic characteristics. The Company believes the impact to its consolidated financial statements would not be materially different if this measurement was applied to each individual performance obligation. Revenue is recognized for these performance obligations at a point in time when certificates are redeemed by the customer. These obligations generally relate to contracts with terms less than one year, as points expire on a rolling 12 months and certificates generally expire within two months from issuance. The related loyalty program deferred revenue included in accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets was approximately $922,000 at January 30, 2021 compared to none at February 1, 2020.

Private Label Credit Card — The Company has a private label credit card program for its customers that was amended on November 18, 2019 to extend the term of the arrangement through December 31, 2024. Each private label credit card bears the logo for the Kirkland’s brand and can only be used at the Company’s store locations and e-commerce channel. The card program is operated and managed by a third-party bank, Wells Fargo, that assumes all of the losses associated with non-payment by the private label card holders and a portion of any fraudulent usage of the accounts.

Pursuant to the private-label credit card program, the Company receives cash incentives in exchange for promised services, such as licensing our brand names and marketing the credit card program to customers. The Company can receive incentive payments for the achievement of certain private label credit card volumes and is also reimbursed for marketing and other programs associated with the private label credit card. Funds received related the Company’s private label credit card program are recorded as net sales in the consolidated statements of operations. Services promised under these agreements are separate performance obligations. Revenue is recognized as we fulfill the Company’s performance obligations throughout the contract term.

Cost of sales — Cost of sales includes costs of product purchased from vendors, including inbound freight, receiving costs, inspection costs, warehousing costs, outbound freight, inventory damage and shrinkage, payroll and overhead associated with our distribution facility and its network, store occupancy costs and depreciation of leasehold improvements, equipment, and other property in our stores and distribution centers. Distribution facility costs, excluding depreciation, included in cost of sales were approximately $24.7 million, $24.6 million and $22.6 million for fiscal 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.

Compensation and benefits — Compensation and benefits includes all store and corporate office salaries and wages and incentive pay as well as stock compensation, employee health benefits, 401(k) plan benefits, social security and unemployment taxes.

53

Stock-based compensation — Stock-based compensation includes expenses associated with stock option grants, restricted stock grants, and other transactions under the Company’s stock plans. The Company recognizes compensation expense for its stock-based payments based on the fair value of the awards. The expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the vesting period within compensation and benefits in the consolidated statements of operations. See Note 6 — Stock-Based Compensation for further discussion.

Other operating expenses — Other operating expenses consist of such items as advertising, credit card processing costs, bank fees, utilities, professional fees, software maintenance costs, supplies and postage, workers’ compensation and general liability insurance, trash removal, maintenance and repairs, travel and various other store and corporate expenses.

Store pre-opening expenses — Store pre-opening expenses, which consist primarily of occupancy, payroll and supplies costs, are expensed as incurred and are included in other operating expenses.

Advertising expenses — Advertising costs are expensed in the period in which the related activity first takes place. These expenses include costs associated with specific marketing campaigns, direct mail, email communications, paid search, digital advertising, social media, public relations and in-store signage. Total advertising expense was $14.3 million, $15.0 million and $12.8 million for fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Prepaid advertising costs were approximately $294,000 and $273,000 as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, respectively.

Income taxes — Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on the differences between the financial statement and the tax law treatment of certain items. Realization of certain components of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the occurrence of future events. The Company records valuation allowances to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amount it believes is more likely than not to be realized. These valuation allowances can be impacted by changes in tax laws, changes to statutory tax rates, and future taxable income levels and are based on the Company’s judgment, estimates and assumptions regarding those future events. In the event the Company was to determine that it would not be able to realize all or a portion of the net deferred tax assets in the future, the Company would increase the valuation allowance through a charge to income tax expense in the period that such determination is made. Conversely, if the Company was to determine that it would be able to realize its deferred tax assets in the future, in excess of the net carrying amounts, the Company would decrease the recorded valuation allowance through a decrease to income tax expense in the period that such determination is made. The Company established a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets in fiscal 2019, as the Company is in a three-year cumulative pre-tax loss position.

The Company provides for uncertain tax positions and the related interest and penalties, if any, based upon management’s assessment of whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. To the extent the Company prevails in matters for which a liability for an unrecognized tax benefit is established or is required to pay amounts in excess of the liability, the Company’s effective tax rate in a given financial statement period may be affected.

The Company’s income tax returns are subject to audit by local, state and federal tax authorities, and the Company is typically engaged in various tax examinations at any given time. Tax contingencies often arise due to uncertainty or differing interpretations of the application of tax rules throughout the various jurisdictions in which the Company operates. The contingencies are influenced by items such as tax audits, changes in tax laws, litigation, appeals and experience with previous similar tax positions. The Company regularly reviews its tax reserves for these items and assesses the adequacy of the amount recorded. The Company evaluates potential exposures associated with its various tax filings by estimating a liability for uncertain tax positions based on a two-step process. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step requires estimation and measurement of the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be recognized upon settlement.

See Note 3 — Income Taxes for further discussion.

54

Sales and use taxes — Governmental authorities assess sales and use taxes on the sale and purchase of goods and services. The Company excludes taxes collected from customers in its reported net sales results. Such amounts are reflected as accrued expenses until remitted to the taxing authorities.

Concentrations of risk — The Company has risk of geographic concentration with respect to the sourcing of its inventory purchases. Approximately 76% of the Company’s inventory purchases in fiscal 2020 were from China.

The Company also has vendor concentration risk as one vendor, that was formally a related-party, accounted for 10.9%, 17.4%, and 20.7% of purchases in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. See Note 9 — Related Party Transactions for further discussion.

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents. The Company’s cash balances are primarily on deposit at high credit quality financial institutions.

Fair value of financial instruments — Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The Company uses a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value.  These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, other current assets and accounts payable approximate fair value because of their short maturities.

The Company maintained The Executive Non-Qualified Excess Plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”) as discussed further in Note 7 — Retirement Benefit Plans for further discussion. The Deferred Compensation Plan was funded, and the Company invested participant deferrals into trust assets, which were invested in a variety of mutual funds that are Level 1 inputs. The plan assets and plan liabilities were adjusted to fair value on a recurring basis.

The Company measures certain assets at fair value on a non-recurring basis, including the evaluation of long-lived assets for impairment using Company-specific assumptions which would fall within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company uses market participant rents to calculate the fair value of right-of-use assets and discounted future cash flows of the asset or asset group using a discount rate that approximates the cost of capital of a market participant to quantify fair value for other long-lived assets. See Note 11 — Impairment for further discussion.

Earnings (loss) per share — Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during each period presented. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding plus the dilutive effect of stock equivalents outstanding during the applicable periods using the treasury stock method. Diluted earnings (loss) per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if options to purchase stock were exercised into common stock and if outstanding grants of restricted stock were vested. Stock options and restricted stock units that were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share, because to do so would have been antidilutive, were approximately 201,000 shares, 1,521,000 shares and 923,000 shares for fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Comprehensive income (loss) — Comprehensive income (loss) does not differ from the consolidated net income (loss) presented in the consolidated statements of operations.

Operating segments — The Company is a specialty retailer of home décor that offers its products in its stores and on its website. The Company has determined that each of its stores and its e-commerce operations is an operating segment. The operating performance of all stores and e-commerce has been aggregated into one reportable segment. The Company’s operating segments are aggregated for financial reporting purposes because they are similar in each of the following areas: economic characteristics, class of consumer, nature of products and distribution methods. Revenues from external customers are derived from merchandise sales, and the Company does not rely on any major customers as a source of revenue. Across its store base, the Company operates one store format under the Kirkland’s name in which each store offers the same general mix of merchandise with similar categories and similar customers. The Company believes that disaggregating its operating segments would not provide meaningful additional information.

55

Note 2 — Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses are comprised of the following (in thousands):

	January 30, 2021		February 1, 2020
Gift cards	$	13,408	$	13,128
Salaries and wages		9,298		6,647
Sales taxes		1,863		1,816
Payroll taxes		3,515		400
Workers’ compensation and general liability reserves		2,321		2,435
Sales returns reserve		2,015		1,554
Income taxes payable		1,911		32
Deferred e-commerce revenue		1,165		656
Loyalty program deferred revenue		922		—
Other		1,036		2,105
	$	37,454	$	28,773

Note 3 — Income Taxes

The Company’s income tax (benefit) expense is computed based on the federal statutory rates and the state statutory rates, net of related federal benefit. The Company’s provision for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):

	52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021			52 Weeks Ended February 1, 2020			52 Weeks Ended February 2, 2019
Current tax (benefit) expense:
Federal	$	(10,124	)	$	(225	)	$	708
State		52			612			810
Deferred tax expense (benefit):
Federal		—			362			455
State		1,525			(71	)		58
	$	(8,547	)	$	678		$	2,031

Income tax (benefit) expense differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to pre-tax income (loss). A reconciliation of income tax (benefit) expense at the statutory federal income tax rate to the amount provided is as follows (in thousands):

	52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021			52 Weeks Ended February 1, 2020			52 Weeks Ended February 2, 2019
Tax at federal statutory rate	$	1,699		$	(11,043	)	$	1,220
State income taxes, net of federal benefit		338			(1,456	)		651
Tax credits		(90	)		(192	)		(437	)
Enactment of tax legislation		(12,276	)		—			—
Executive compensation		177			—			35
Stock based compensation programs		274			1,162			545
Valuation allowance		1,292			12,035			—
Other		39			172			17
Income tax (benefit) expense	$	(8,547	)	$	678		$	2,031

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes and are included as part

56

of other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

	January 30, 2021			February 1, 2020
Deferred tax assets:
Accruals	$	3,147		$	2,622
Inventory valuation		448			739
State tax credit carryforwards		148			148
Federal and state net operating loss carryforwards		1,111			7,462
Impairment		2,410			4,809
Operating lease liabilities		48,808			64,819
Other		2,366			2,505
Total deferred tax assets		58,438			83,104
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets		(6,033	)		(12,145	)
Net deferred tax assets		52,405			70,959
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation		(12,556	)		(16,834	)
Operating lease right-of-use assets		(39,126	)		(51,974	)
Prepaid assets		(723	)		(626	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(52,405	)		(69,434	)
Net deferred tax assets	$	—		$	1,525

On March 27, 2020, the CARES Act was enacted in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. The CARES Act, among other things, permits net operating loss carry backs to offset 100% of taxable income for taxable years beginning before 2021. The Company elected to carryback its 2019 net operating loss to offset the Company’s previous taxable income, thus generating a refund of $12.3 million.

As of January 30, 2021, the Company has $21.3 million of state net operating loss carry-forwards available to offset future taxable income. State net operating loss carry-forwards expire in years 2035 through 2040. As of January 30, 2021, the Company has state tax credit carryforwards of approximately $187,000 that expire in years 2023 through 2025.

Future utilization of the deferred tax assets is evaluated by the Company and any valuation allowance is adjusted accordingly. For fiscal 2019, the Company established a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets due to uncertainty regarding their realization, and in fiscal 2020 the Company established an additional valuation allowance against state net operating loss carry forwards. Accordingly, the Company has established a valuation allowance of $6.0 million and $12.1 million with respect to the deferred tax assets as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, respectively. Adjustments could be required in the future if the Company estimates that the amount of deferred tax assets to be realized is more or less than the net amount the Company has recorded. Any decrease in the valuation allowance could have the effect of increasing or decreasing the income tax provision based on the nature of the deferred tax asset deemed realizable in the period in which such a determination is made.

The Company and one or more of its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state and local jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations by authorities for years prior to 2017. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to state and local income tax examinations for years prior to 2015. The Company is not currently engaged in any U.S. federal, state or local income tax examinations.

The Company had no unrecognized tax benefits as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020. The Company accrues interest on unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. Penalties, if incurred, would be recognized as a component of income tax expense. The Company had no amounts accrued for the payment of interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits as of January 31, 2021 and February 1, 2020.

57

Note 4 — Senior Credit Facility

On December 6, 2019, the Company entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “2019 Credit Agreement”) with Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent and collateral agent, and lender. The 2019 Credit Agreement replaced the Company’s Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 19, 2011, as amended by that Joinder and First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of February 26, 2016 (the “2016 Credit Agreement”) and, together with the 2019 Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreements”). Like the 2016 Credit Agreement, the 2019 Credit Agreement contains a $75 million senior secured revolving credit facility, a swingline availability of $10 million, and a $25 million incremental accordion feature. The 2019 Credit Agreement contains substantially similar terms and conditions as the 2016 Credit Agreement, and extends its maturity date to December 2024. The 2016 Credit Agreement was scheduled to expire in February 2021. Advances under the Credit Agreements bear interest at an annual rate equal to LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 125 to 175 basis points with no LIBOR floor, and the fee paid to the lender on the unused portion of the credit facility is 25 basis points per annum.

Borrowings under the Credit Agreements are subject to certain conditions and contain customary events of default, including, without limitation, failure to make payments, a cross-default to certain other debt, breaches of covenants, breaches of representations and warranties, a change in control, certain monetary judgments and bankruptcy and ERISA events. Upon any such event of default, the principal amount of any unpaid loans and all other obligations under the Credit Agreements may be declared immediately due and payable. The maximum availability under the Credit Agreements is limited by a borrowing base formula, which consists of a percentage of eligible inventory and eligible credit card receivables, less reserves.

The Company is subject to a Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement (“Security Agreement”) with its lender. Pursuant to the Security Agreement, the Company pledged and granted to the administrative agent, for the benefit of itself and the secured parties specified therein, a lien on and security interest in all of the rights, title and interest in substantially all of the Company’s assets to secure the payment and performance of the obligations under the Credit Agreements.

As of January 30, 2021, the Company was in compliance with the covenants in the 2019 Credit Agreement. Under the 2019 Agreement, there were no outstanding borrowings and $1.75 million in letters of credit outstanding, with approximately $39.5 million available for borrowing as of January 30, 2021.

Note 5 — Leases

The Company leases retail store facilities, corporate office space, warehouse facilities and certain vehicles and equipment under operating leases with terms generally ranging up to 10 years and expiring at various dates through 2030. Most of the retail store agreements include an initial term with renewal options and provide for minimum fixed rental payments. The Company does not include lease renewal options in the lease term for calculations of its right-of-use assets and liabilities until it is reasonably certain that the Company plans to renew these leases. A few retail store lease agreements have only variable lease payments based on a percentage of sales, while other store leases contain contingent rentals based on sales performance in excess of specified minimums in addition to minimum fixed rentals.

The majority of the Company’s leases have monthly fixed rent with additional costs that are not components of the lease (e.g., real estate taxes and insurance costs) and non-lease components (e.g., common area maintenance) either of which can be variable or fixed. These additional components are excluded from the calculation of the lease liability and right-of-use asset. The Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, so the incremental borrowing rate, based on the information available at commencement or modification date, is used in determining the present value of lease payments. For operating leases that commenced prior to the date of adoption of the new lease accounting guidance, the Company used the incremental borrowing rate that corresponded to the remaining lease term as of the date of adoption.

58

The Company's classification of lease cost on the Company's condensed consolidated statements of operations is as follows (in thousands):

	52 Week Period Ended (1)		52 Week Period Ended (1)
	January 30, 2021		February 1, 2020
Cost of sales (2)
Operating lease cost	$	43,753	$	53,382
Short-term lease cost		755		1,469
Variable lease cost		1,554		1,329
Total lease cost in cost of sales		46,062		56,180
Other operating expenses
Operating lease cost		1,862		2,824
Short-term lease cost		60		382
Total lease cost in other operating expenses		1,922		3,206
Total lease cost	$	47,984	$	59,386

(1) Total lease cost excludes expense for non-lease components including common area maintenance and excludes costs that are not a component of the lease including real estate taxes, insurance, sales taxes and utilities for the Company’s leases.

(2) Cost of sales includes all distribution center lease costs and store occupancy-related lease costs.

As of January 30, 2021, future minimum payments, by year and in the aggregate, under all operating leases with initial terms of one year or more consist of the following (in thousands):

	Operating Leases
2021	$	60,159
2022		48,140
2023		37,330
2024		30,395
2025		23,726
Thereafter		32,230
Total lease payments (1)		231,980
Less: interest		(38,031	)
Present value of lease liabilities	$	193,949

(1) Operating lease payments exclude $485,000 of legally binding minimum lease payments for a lease signed but not yet commenced for one new store.

The Company’s lease term and discount rate is as follows:

	January 30, 2021
Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)		5.2
Weighted-average discount rate		7.4	%

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities is as follows (in thousands):

	52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021		52 Weeks Ended February 1, 2020
Operating cash flows from operating leases	$	57,310	$	64,654

Note 6 — Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation — Stock-based compensation includes stock option grants, restricted stock unit grants and other transactions under the Company’s equity plans. Total stock-based compensation expense is included

59

as a component of compensation and benefits on the consolidated statements of operations and was approximately $1.2 million, $3.3 million and $2.0 million for fiscal years 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

On June 4, 2013, the Company adopted the Kirkland’s, Inc. Amended and Restated 2002 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2002 Plan”), replacing the plan adopted in July 2002. The 2002 Plan provides for the award of restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options and stock appreciation rights with respect to shares of common stock to employees, directors, consultants and other individuals who perform services for the Company. The 2002 Plan is authorized to provide awards for up to a maximum of 4,500,000 shares of common stock.

As of January 30, 2021, options to purchase 173,518 shares of common stock were outstanding under the 2002 Plan at exercise prices ranging from $1.65 to $25.52 per share. As of January 30, 2021, there were 1,169,403 RSUs outstanding under the 2002 Plan with fair value grant prices ranging from $0.82 to $12.54 per share. Shares reserved for future stock-based grants under the 2002 Plan was 1,280,595 at January 30, 2021.

Stock options — The Company allows for the settlement of vested stock options on a net share basis (“net share settled stock options”) or on a gross basis with the holder providing cash to cover the option exercise price and the minimum statutory tax withholdings. With net share settled stock options, the employee does not surrender any cash or shares upon exercise. Rather, the Company withholds the number of shares to cover the option exercise price and the minimum statutory tax withholding obligations from the shares that would otherwise be issued upon exercise. The settlement of vested stock options on a net share basis results in fewer shares issued by the Company. Options issued to employees under the 2002 Plan have maximum contractual terms of 10 years and generally vest ratably over 4 years.

Stock option activity for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2021 was as follows:

	Number of Options			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Balance at February 1, 2020		381,513		$	11.76
Options exercised		(52,561	)		8.55
Options forfeited		(131,684	)		14.23
Options expired		(23,750	)		18.14
Balance at January 30, 2021		173,518		$	9.99		6.0	$	2,686
Options Exercisable As of:
January 30, 2021		83,843		$	16.11		3.6	$	785

The aggregate intrinsic values in the table above represent the total difference between the Company’s closing stock price at year-end and the option exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options at each year-end. As of January 30, 2021, there were 152,018 outstanding in-the-money options. The fair value of each option is recorded as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the applicable vesting period. At January 30, 2021, unrecognized stock compensation expense related to the unvested portion of outstanding stock options was approximately $141,000, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.0 years.

In fiscal 2019, the company entered into stock option cancellation agreements with certain members of its management team pursuant to which such individuals surrendered and canceled certain previously granted stock options in order to make additional shares available under the Company’s 2002 Plan for future equity awards. The surrender and cancellation of the stock options was a settlement for no consideration, and the Company recorded the previously unrecognized compensation cost related to the canceled stock options of approximately $861,000 during fiscal 2019. The canceled options that were surrendered had an exercise price that ranged from $7.14 to $25.52.

60

Other information related to option activity during fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 is as follows:

	52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021		52 Weeks Ended February 1, 2020		52 Weeks Ended February 2, 2019
Weighted average grant date fair value of options granted (per share)	$	—	$	3.28	$	6.18
Total fair value of stock options vested (in thousands)	$	119	$	543	$	834
Intrinsic value of stock options exercised (in thousands)	$	538	$	—	$	684

The Company has estimated the fair value of all stock option awards as of the date of the grant by applying the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The application of this valuation model involves assumptions that are judgmental and highly subjective in the determination of compensation expense. The Company did not grant any stock options in fiscal 2020. The weighted averages for key assumptions used in determining the fair value of options granted for the periods indicated below and a summary of the methodology applied to develop each assumption are as follows:

	52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021	52 Weeks Ended February 1, 2020			52 Weeks Ended February 2, 2019
Expected price volatility	— %		53	%		47	%
Risk-free interest rate	— %		2.24	%		2.79	%
Expected life	— years	6.3 years			6.3 years
Dividend yield	— %		0	%		0	%

Expected price volatility — The expected price volatility is a measure of the amount by which the stock price has fluctuated or is expected to fluctuate. The Company uses actual historical changes in the market value of its stock to calculate the volatility assumption as it is management’s belief that this is the best indicator of future volatility. The Company calculates daily market value changes using the historical volatility of returns for the six years prior to the grant. An increase in the expected volatility will increase compensation expense.

Risk-free interest rate — The risk-free interest rate is the U.S. Treasury rate for the week of the grant having a term equal to the expected life of the option. An increase in the risk-free interest rate will increase compensation expense.

Expected life — The expected life is the period of time over which the options granted are expected to remain outstanding. The Company uses the “simplified” method found in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 to estimate the expected life of stock option grants. Options granted have a maximum term of ten years. An increase in the expected life will increase compensation expense.

Forfeiture rate — The forfeiture rate is the percentage of options granted that were forfeited or canceled before becoming fully vested. The Company accounts for forfeitures of share-based awards as they occur. An increase in the forfeiture rate will decrease compensation expense.

Restricted stock units — The Company grants restricted stock units for a fixed number of shares to various employees and directors. The RSUs granted to directors become 100% vested on the first anniversary of the grant date. The RSUs granted to employees prior to fiscal 2020 typically vest 25% annually on the anniversary of the grant date over 4 years. The RSUs granted to employees in fiscal 2020 vest 100% on the second anniversary of the grant date. The fair values of the RSUs are equal to the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant. Compensation expense related to RSUs is recognized ratably over the requisite service period. As of January 30, 2021, there was approximately $1.2 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to RSUs which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.6 years.

61

RSU activity for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2021, was as follows:

	Shares			Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Non-Vested at February 1, 2020		433,444		$	4.67
Granted		1,050,421			0.92
Vested		(281,604	)		3.61
Forfeited		(32,858	)		1.92
Non-Vested at January 30, 2021		1,169,403		$	1.63

Other information related to RSU activity during fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 is as follows:

	52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021		52 Weeks Ended February 1, 2020		52 Weeks Ended February 2, 2019
Weighted average grant date fair value of RSUs (per share)	$	0.92	$	4.32	$	10.83
Total fair value of restricted stock units vested (in thousands)	$	638	$	465	$	1,387

Employee stock purchase plan — In July 2002, the Company adopted an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) which was amended in 2006, 2008 and 2016. Under the ESPP, full-time employees who have completed twelve consecutive months of service are allowed to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, subject to certain limitations, through payroll deduction, at a 15% discount from fair market value. The Company’s ESPP was originally authorized to issue up to 500,000 shares of common stock. In June 2016, the shareholders ratified the amendment to the Company’s ESPP to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized to be issued under the ESPP by 125,000 shares with an optional annual increase thereafter each January 1 commencing on January 1, 2017 by up to an additional 35,000 shares. During fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, there were 34,999, 104,160 and 37,128 shares of common stock, respectively, issued to participants under the ESPP. During fiscal 2020, the Company suspended the ESPP. As of January 30, 2021, the total amount authorized under the ESPP was 730,000 with 39 shares remaining unissued under the authorization.

Note 7 — Retirement Benefit Plans

401(k) savings plan — The Company maintains a defined contribution 401(k) employee benefit plan, which provides retirement benefits for eligible employees. The Company matches 100% of the employee’s elective contributions up to 4% of eligible compensation.   The Company’s matching contributions were approximately $860,000, $989,000 and $904,000 in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Company has the option to make additional contributions to the 401(k) employee benefit plan on behalf of covered employees; however, no such contributions were made in fiscal 2020, 2019 or 2018.

Deferred compensation plan — The Board of Directors approved the termination of the Deferred Compensation Plan effective September 6, 2019, and all remaining balances in the Deferred Compensation Plan were paid out during fiscal 2020. Deferred Compensation Plan assets and liabilities were zero and $1.9 million as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, respectively, and were recorded in other assets and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company had no matching contributions to this Plan in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018.

Note 8 — Commitments and Contingencies

The Company was named as a defendant in a putative class action filed in April 2017 in the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania, Gennock v. Kirkland’s, Inc. The complaint alleged that the Company, in violation of federal law, published more than the last five digits of a credit or debit card number on customers’ receipts. On October 21, 2019, the District Court dismissed the matter and ruled that the Plaintiffs did not have standing based on the Third Circuit’s recent decision in Kamal v. J. Crew Group, Inc., 918 F.3d 102 (3d. Cir. 2019). Following the dismissal in federal court, on October 25, 2019, the Plaintiffs filed a Praecipe to Transfer the case to Pennsylvania state court, and on August 20, 2020, the court ruled that the Plaintiffs have standing. However, the court also certified the standing issue for an interlocutory appeal, and the Company has filed a petition for allowance of

62

appeal with the Pennsylvania Supreme Court. The Company continues to believe that the case is without merit and intends to continue to vigorously defend itself against the allegations. The matter is covered by insurance, and the Company does not believe that the case will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition, operating results or cash flows.

The Company has been named as a defendant in a putative class action filed in May 2018 in the Superior Court of California, Miles v. Kirkland’s Stores, Inc. The case has been removed to Federal Court, Central District of California, and trial is currently set for November 8, 2021. The complaint alleges, on behalf of Miles and all other hourly Kirkland’s employees in California, various wage and hour violations. Kirkland’s denies the material allegations in the complaint and believes that its employment policies are generally compliant with California law. The parties are currently engaging in discovery, and the Plaintiff has until April 9, 2021 to file for class certification. The Company believes the case is without merit and intends to vigorously defend itself against the allegations.

The Company is also party to other pending legal proceedings and claims that arise in the normal course of business. Although the outcome of such proceedings and claims cannot be determined with certainty, the Company’s management is of the opinion that it is unlikely that such proceedings and any claims in excess of insurance coverage will have a material effect on its consolidated financial condition, operating results or cash flows.

Note 9 — Related Party Transactions

The Company had an agreement with a related party vendor to purchase merchandise inventory. The vendor was considered a related party for financial reporting purposes because its principal owner is the spouse of the Company’s former Vice President of Product Development and Trend. As of June 14, 2019, the vendor is no longer a related party. The table below sets forth selected results related to this vendor, for the time period that the vendor was a related party, in dollars (thousands) and percentages for the periods indicated:

	52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021		52 Weeks Ended February 1, 2020			52 Weeks Ended February 2, 2019
Related Party Vendor
Purchases	$	—	$	19,577		$	54,280
Purchases as a percent of total merchandise purchases	— %			7.6	%		20.7	%

Note 10 — Share Repurchase Plan

On August 22, 2017, the Company announced that its Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase plan providing for the purchase in the aggregate of up to $10 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock. This share repurchase plan was completed during the third quarter of fiscal 2018. On September 24, 2018, the Company announced that its Board of Directors authorized a new share repurchase plan providing for the purchase in the aggregate of up to $10 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock. This share repurchase plan was completed during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020. On December 3, 2020, the Company announced that its Board of Directors authorized a new share repurchase plan providing for the purchase in the aggregate of up to $20 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock. Repurchases of shares are made in accordance with applicable securities laws and may be made from time to time in the open market or by negotiated transactions. The amount and timing of repurchases are based on a variety of factors, including stock price, regulatory limitations and other market and economic factors. The share repurchase plan does not require the Company to repurchase any specific number of shares, and the Company may terminate the share repurchase plan at any time. As of January 30, 2021, the Company had approximately $19.8 million remaining under the current share repurchase plan. The table below sets forth selected share repurchase plan information (in thousands, except share amounts) for the periods indicated:

	52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021		52 Weeks Ended February 1, 2020		52 Weeks Ended February 2, 2019
Shares repurchased and retired		9,926		807,275		1,650,748
Share repurchase cost	$	178	$	3,657	$	15,717

63

Note 11 — Impairment

In connection with the adoption of the new lease accounting standard at the beginning of fiscal 2019, the Company reviewed its store portfolio for possible impairment, as right-of-use assets are now included as part of the long-lived asset group that is evaluated for impairment. As a result of this review, eight stores were identified for which the carrying amounts of the store assets were not expected to be recoverable. As of the beginning of fiscal 2019, the Company recorded an adjustment to increase the opening balance of accumulated deficit by approximately $331,000 for the cumulative effect of the adoption of ASC 842 for right-of-use assets at six of the impaired stores.

The Company recorded an impairment charge of approximately $9.4 million, $19.2 million and zero in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. During fiscal 2020, the $9.4 million impairment charge included $6.2 million for right-of-use asset impairment at 24 stores, $3.1 million for property and equipment impairment charges at 24 stores and excess store fixture impairment of $0.1 million. The $19.2 million fiscal 2019 impairment charge included approximately $2.9 million for right-of-use asset impairment at nine stores, $9.9 million for property and equipment impairment charges at 38 stores, $0.9 million in excess store fixture impairment, $4.7 million in impaired software projects and $0.8 million related to e-commerce distribution center impairment. The total impairment charge, net of tax, for fiscal years 2020 and 2019 was $6.9 million and $15.1 million, respectively.

Note 12 — New Accounting Pronouncements

New Accounting Pronouncements Recently Adopted

In August 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement,” which amends the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements by removing, modifying and adding certain disclosures. This guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2020. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, “Income Taxes (Topic 740) Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes.” The amendments in this ASU simplify the accounting for income taxes by removing specific exceptions included in Topic 740, introducing simplifications and making technical corrections. For public business entities, the amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this guidance in the second quarter of fiscal 2020. For the 26-week period ended August 1, 2020, the pretax loss was greater than the forecasted pretax loss for the year, which historically resulted in a calculation that limited the tax benefit that could be recorded. The adoption of ASU 2019-12 provided the Company an exception to this methodology. The adoption of this guidance did not have any other material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

New Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” which amends the impairment model to utilize an expected loss methodology in place of the currently used incurred loss methodology, which will result in more timely recognition of losses. The new guidance applies to financial assets measured at amortized cost basis, including receivables that result from revenue transactions and held-to-maturity debt securities. This guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2022 for non-accelerated filers, and early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting.” This guidance is in response to accounting concerns regarding contract modifications and hedge accounting because of impending rate reform associated with structural risks of interbank offered rates (IBORs), and, particularly, the risk of cessation of the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR)

64

related to regulators in several jurisdictions around the world having undertaken reference rate reform initiatives to identify alternative reference rates. The guidance provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying U.S. GAAP to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions affected by reference rate reform if certain criteria are met. The adoption of this guidance is effective for all entities as of March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We have established and maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. We carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of January 30, 2021. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of January 30, 2021.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a and 15d- 15(f) under the Exchange Act). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of January 30, 2021 based on the Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (“COSO”). Based on this evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of January 30, 2021.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in internal controls over financial reporting during our last fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information concerning directors, appearing under the caption “Board of Directors and Executive Officers” in our Proxy Statement (the “Proxy Statement”) to be filed with the SEC in connection with our Annual Meeting of Shareholders scheduled to be held on June 22, 2021; information concerning executive officers, appearing under the caption “Item 1. Business — Information about our Executive Officers” in Part I of this Form 10-K; information

65

concerning our nominating and audit committees, appearing under the caption “Information About the Board of Directors and Corporate Governance” in our Proxy Statement; and information under the caption “Other Matters — Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports” in the Proxy Statement are incorporated herein by reference in response to this Item 10.

The Board of Directors has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, which has been posted on the “Investor Relations” section of our website at https://ir.kirklands.com/profiles/investor/Governance.asp. We intend to satisfy the amendment and waiver disclosure requirements under applicable securities regulations by posting any amendments of, or waivers to, the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics on our website.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information contained in the sections titled “Executive Compensation” and “Information About the Board of Directors and Corporate Governance — Board of Directors Compensation” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference in response to this Item 11.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information contained in the following section of the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference in response to this Item 12: the section titled “Security Ownership of Kirkland’s — Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management”, with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management.

The following table provides information regarding the number of securities already issued and those remaining available for issuance under our equity compensation plans as of January 30, 2021.

Plan Category	Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights		Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights		Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)
	(a)		(b)		(c)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders:
Equity Incentive Plan (1)		1,342,921	$	9.99		1,280,595
Employee Stock Purchase Plan		—		—		39
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders		—		—		—
Total		1,342,921	$	9.99		1,280,634

(1) The 1,342,921 securities to be issued includes 173,518 outstanding stock options and 1,169,403 unvested restricted stock units under the 2002 Equity Incentive Plan. The weighted average exercise price excludes restricted stock units which have a weighted average exercise price of zero.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Information contained in the section titled “Related Party Transactions” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference in response to this Item 13.

The information contained in the section titled “Information About the Board of Directors and Corporate Governance — Board Independence” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference in response to this Item 13.

66

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information contained in the section titled “Other Matters — Audit and Non-Audit Fees” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference in response to this Item 14.

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) 1. Financial Statements

The financial statements set forth below are filed on the indicated pages as part of this annual report on Form 10-K.

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	42
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020	45
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the 52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021, February 1, 2020, and February 2, 2019	46
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the 52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021, February 1, 2020, and February 2, 2019	47
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the 52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021, February 1, 2020, and February 2, 2019	48
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	49

(b) Exhibits

The following is a list of exhibits filed as part of this annual report on Form 10-K. For exhibits incorporated by reference, the location of the exhibit in the Company’s previous filing is indicated in parentheses.

Exhibit Number		Description
3.1*	—	Amended and Restated Charter of Kirkland’s, Inc. (Exhibit 3.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 1, 2015)
3.2*	—	Amended and Restated Bylaws of Kirkland’s, Inc. (Exhibit 3.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 31, 2006)
4.1*	—	Form of Specimen Stock Certificate (Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 1 to our registration statement on Form S-1 filed on June 5, 2002, Registration No. 333-86746)
10.1+*	—	Amended and Restated 2002 Equity Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 4, 2013)
10.2+*	—	Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement for Director Grants (Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 30, 2004)
10.3+*	—	Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement (Exhibit 10.2 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 30, 2004)
10.4*	—	First Amendment to Kirkland’s, Inc. 2002 Equity Incentive Plan effective March 17, 2006 (Exhibit 99.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 22, 2006)
10.5*	—	Office Lease Agreement dated April 17, 2015 by and between Kirkland’s and Highwoods Realty, L.P. (Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 3, 2014)
10.6+*	—	Employment Agreement, effective September 21, 2018, by and between Steve C. Woodward and Kirkland’s, Inc. (Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 24, 2018)
10.7+*	—	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Exhibit 10.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 24, 2018)

67

Exhibit Number		Description
10.8*	—	Logistics Services Agreement dated March 23, 2019, by and between Kirkland’s, Inc. and National Distribution Centers, LLC (Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 10-K for the year ended February 2, 2019)
10.9+*	—	Employment Agreement, effective September 18, 2019 by and between Nicole A. Strain and the Company (Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on From 8-K dated September 19, 2019)
10.10*	—	Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December 6, 2019, by and among Kirkland’s Inc., the borrowers and guarantors named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders named therein (Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 11, 2019)
10.11*	—	Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of December 6, 2019, by and among Kirkland’s Inc., the other borrowers and guarantors party hereto from time to time and Bank of America, N.A., as Agent (Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 11, 2019)
10.12+*	—	Employment Agreement, effective September 22, 2020, by and between Jeffrey T. Martin and the Company (Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 23, 2020)
10.13+	—	Summary of Named Executive Officer Compensation
10.14+	—	Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement
21.1		Subsidiaries of Kirkland’s, Inc.
23.1	—	Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
31.1	—	Certification of the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2	—	Certification of the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1	—	Certification of the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2	—	Certification of the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101.INS	—	Inline XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH	—	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL	—	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF	—	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB	—	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE	—	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
104	—	The cover page for the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 30, 2021, has been formatted in Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101

* Incorporated by reference.

+ Management contract of compensatory plan or arrangement.

(c) Financial Statement Schedules

Financial statement schedules are not included because they are inapplicable or not required, or because the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto, included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report.

68

Item 16.    Form 10-K Summary

None.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

KIRKLAND’S, INC.

By:	/S/ Steve C. Woodward
	Steve C. Woodward
	Chief Executive Officer

Date: March 26, 2021

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/S/ Steve C. Woodward	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director	03/26/2021
Steve C. Woodward	(Principal Executive Officer)
/S/ Nicole A. Strain	Chief Financial Officer	03/26/2021
Nicole A. Strain	(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
/S/ Steven J. Collins	Director	03/26/2021
Steven J. Collins
/S/ Miles T. Kirkland	Director	03/26/2021
Miles T. Kirkland
/S/ Susan S. Lanigan	Director	03/26/2021
Susan S. Lanigan
/S/ R. Wilson Orr, III	Director	03/26/2021
R. Wilson Orr, III
/S/ Jeffery C. Owen	Director	03/26/2021
Jeffery C. Owen
/S/ Charlie Pleas, III	Director	03/26/2021
Charlie Pleas, III
/S/ Chris L. Shimojima	Director	03/26/2021
Chris L. Shimojima

69

EX-10.13

Exhibit 10.13

Kirkland’s, Inc. (the “Company”)

Summary of Named Executive Officer Compensation

Salary. The following table sets forth the 2020 and 2021 annual base salaries provided to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and the next other most highly compensated executive officer to be named in the Company’s proxy statement to be filed in connection with the 2021 annual meeting of stockholders (the “Named Executive Officers”).

	2020 Salary		2021 Salary
Steven C. Woodward	$	700,000	$	750,000
Nicole A. Strain	$	360,000	$	400,000
Jeffrey T. Martin	$	350,000	$	375,500

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation. The Company pays annual non-equity incentive compensation under its Amended and Restated 2002 Equity Incentive Plan. For fiscal 2020, the Company’s performance goal was structured such that for named executive officers, 100% payout of the applicable target bonus is attained upon achieving 100% of the Company’s designated EBIT goal, which corresponds to operating income (loss) on the Company’s financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, with threshold bonus (50% of target payout) attained upon achievement of 75% of the EBIT goal and maximum bonus (150% target payout) attained upon achieving 150% of the Company EBIT goal. Bonus amounts earned for fiscal 2020 were paid at the maximum level based on fiscal 2020 Company EBIT.

The bonuses paid to Named Executive Officers in fiscal 2021 for fiscal 2020 performance pursuant to the Company’s non-equity incentive compensation plan under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2002 Equity Incentive Plan were as follows:

	Fiscal 2020 Bonus Amount
Steven C. Woodward	$	1,050,000
Nicole A. Strain	$	324,000
Jeffrey T. Martin	$	262,500

For fiscal 2021, the Company’s performance goal is structured such that for named executive officers, 100% payout of the applicable target bonus is attained upon achieving 100% of the Company’s designated EBIT goal, with threshold bonus (50% of target payout) attained upon achievement of 75% of the EBIT goal and maximum bonus (200% target payout) attained upon achieving 125% of the Company EBIT goal. The following table sets forth the fiscal 2021 bonus targets as a percentage of 2021 base salary set for the Named Executive Officers:

	Threshold			Target			Maximum
Steven C. Woodward		50	%		100	%		200	%
Nicole A. Strain		30	%		60	%		120	%
Jeffrey T. Martin		25	%		50	%		100	%

Equity Based Incentives. The Company awards equity incentive compensation under its Amended and Restated 2002 Equity Incentive Plan to Named Executive Officers. On March 24, 2021, the Named Executive Officers were granted the following awards of time-based vesting restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and performance-based RSUs:

8
	Time-Based RSUs		Target Performance-Based RSUs
Steven C. Woodward		37,986		37,986
Nicole A. Strain		12,156		12,156
Jeffrey T. Martin		9,117		9,117

Time-based RSUs vest ratably over three years. Performance-based RSUs for the 2021 and 2022 performance periods cliff vest at the end of fiscal 2023 based on the achievement of annual EBITDA in relation to targeted EBITDA during each of the 2021 and 2022 fiscal year performance periods with between 50% and 200% of the targeted performance-based RSUs listed in the table above vesting, if at all, which is then adjusted by a 3-year relative total shareholder return performance modifier of +/- 20% applied to the earned shares.

Additional Information. The foregoing information is summary in nature. Additional information regarding the compensation of Named Executive Officers may be provided in the Company’s filings with the SEC, including the proxy statement to be filed in connection with the 2021 annual meeting of stockholders.

EX-10.14

Exhibit 10.14

FORM OF

PERFORMANCE-BASED RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

UNDER THE

KIRKLAND'S, INC. AMENEDED AND RESTATED

2002 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

KIRKLAND’S, INC. (the “Company”) has, on __________ (the “Grant Date”), granted to ____________(the “Grantee”) Performance-Based Restricted Share Units (“PSUs”) with respect to the number of Shares set forth below in Section 1 (the “Award Agreement”). This Award is subject to the terms set forth herein, and in all respects is subject to the terms and provisions of the Kirkland’s, Inc. Amended and Restated 2002 Equity Incentive Plan, which terms and provisions are incorporated herein by this reference. Unless the context herein requires otherwise, the terms defined in the Plan will have the same meanings when used in this Award Agreement.

1.Grant of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company hereby awards to the Grantee _________ PSUs. The number of PSUs subject to this Award is subject to adjustment in accordance with the Plan.

2.Vesting. The PSUs shall vest, if at all, on _______, provided the Grantee has remained continuously in service with the Company through the Vesting Date, but only if and to the extent: (x) the Company has achieved the performance targets over the period (the “Performance Period”) set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto, and (y) the Grantee has remained in service with the Company continuously until the Vesting Date. The number of PSUs that vest may be greater than or less than the Target Award, as more specifically set forth on Exhibit A.

For purposes of this Award Agreement, service with the Company will be deemed to include service with an Affiliate of the Company, so long as such entity remains an Affiliate. Except as provided above, upon a cessation of the Grantee’s service with the Company, any PSU that has not vested on or prior to the date of such cessation will then be forfeited and the Grantee will have no further rights with respect thereto.

3.Delivery of Shares.

(a)One Share will be issued in respect of each vested PSU within 15 days following the applicable vesting date or event.

(b)The Grantee will not have any stockholder rights or privileges, including voting or dividend rights, with respect to the Shares subject to PSUs until such Shares are actually issued and registered in the Grantee’s name(as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). Any certificate evidencing Shares issued hereunder will contain such legends as may be required by the Plan, or as may be required by or advisable under any applicable law or regulation.

(c)In the event of a Change in Control, the Company reserves the right to substitute cash or other substitute consideration for the right to receive Shares hereunder, provided that at the time of that Change in Control, such substitute consideration has a value (as reasonably determined by the Board) equal to the then current Fair Market Value of the Shares subject hereto and provided further that such substitute consideration vests and becomes payable on the same basis as provided herein with respect to these PSUs and the Shares subject hereto (or on such accelerated basis as may then be determined by the Board, in its discretion).

4.Non-Transferability. Neither the PSUs nor any right with respect thereto may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by the Grantee other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and any purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance will be void and unenforceable against the Company.

5.Tax Treatment and Withholding.

(a)The Grantee has had the opportunity to review with his or her own tax advisors the federal, state and local tax consequences of the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement. The Grantee is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents.

(b)It is a condition to the Company’s obligation to issue Shares hereunder that the Grantee pay to the Company such amount as may be required to satisfy all tax withholding obligations arising in connection with this Award (or otherwise make arrangements acceptable to the Company for the satisfaction of such tax withholding obligations). If the required withholding amount required is not timely paid or satisfied, the Grantee’s right to receive such Shares will be permanently forfeited.

The Company, in its discretion, may withhold Shares otherwise issuable hereunder in satisfaction of the minimum amount required to be withheld in connection with this Award (based on the Fair Market Value of such Shares on the date of such withholding).

6.Communications. The Grantee hereby authorizes the Company to deliver electronically any prospectuses or other documentation related to this Award, the Plan and any other compensation or benefit plan or arrangement in effect from time to time. For this purpose, electronic delivery will include, without limitation, delivery by means of e-mail delivery or e-mail notification that such documentation is available on the Company’s Intranet site. Upon written request, the Company will provide to the Grantee a paper copy of any document also delivered to the Grantee electronically. The authorization described in this paragraph may be revoked by the Grantee at any time by written notice to the Company.

7.The Plan. The Grantee has received a copy of the Plan, has read the Plan and is familiar with its terms, and hereby accepts this Award subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan, as amended from time to time. Pursuant to the Plan, the Board is authorized to interpret the Plan and to adopt such rules and regulations not inconsistent with the Plan as they deem appropriate. The Grantee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Award Agreement.

8.Entire Agreement. This Award Agreement, together with the Plan, represents the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior agreement, written or otherwise, relating to the subject matter hereof. This Award Agreement may only be amended by a writing signed by each of the parties hereto.

9.Governing Law. The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Tennessee without regard to the principles of conflicts-of-laws.

10.Counterparts. This Award Agreement may be signed in two counterparts so that both the Grantee and the Company may have original signed copies, but such counterparts constitute one agreement and one grant.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company’s duly authorized representative and the Grantee have each executed this Award Agreement on the respective date below indicated.

KIRKLAND’S, INC.

By: ______________________________

GRANTEE:

(electronically accepted)

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF KIRKLAND’S, INC.

Subsidiaries	Jurisdiction of Corporation or Organization
Kirkland’s DC, Inc.	Tennessee
Kirkland’s Stores, Inc.	Tennessee
Kirkland’s Texas, LLC	Tennessee

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

(1) Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-152165) of Kirkland’s, Inc. pertaining to a registration to sell 2,641,032 shares of common stock by certain selling shareholders,

(2) Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-111245) of Kirkland’s, Inc. pertaining to a registration to sell 4,517,604 shares of common stock by certain selling shareholders,

(3) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-100157) of Kirkland’s, Inc. pertaining to the 1996 Executive and Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan, the 2002 Equity Incentive Plan, the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and certain outstanding stock options,

(4) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-128120) of Kirkland’s, Inc. pertaining to the Executive Nonqualified Excess Plan,

(5) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-189285) of Kirkland’s, Inc. pertaining to the 2002 Equity Incentive Plan,

(6) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-217082) of Kirkland's, Inc. pertaining to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan,

(7) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-230619) of Kirkland's, Inc. pertaining to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan,

(8) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-232225) of Kirkland's, Inc. pertaining to the 2002 Equity Incentive Plan, and

(9) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-236773) of Kirkland's, Inc. pertaining to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan;

of our report dated March 26, 2021, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Kirkland’s, Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Kirkland’s, Inc. for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2021.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Nashville, Tennessee

March 26, 2021

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

I, Steve C. Woodward, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Kirkland’s, Inc. (“registrant”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Steve C. Woodward

Steve C. Woodward

Chief Executive Officer

Date: March 26, 2021

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

I, Nicole A. Strain, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Kirkland’s, Inc. (“registrant”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Nicole A. Strain

Nicole A. Strain

Chief Financial Officer

Date: March 26, 2021

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

In connection with the Annual Report of Kirkland’s, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2021 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Steve C. Woodward, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ Steve C. Woodward

Steve C. Woodward

Chief Executive Officer

March 26, 2021

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

In connection with the Annual Report of Kirkland’s, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2021 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Nicole A. Strain, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ Nicole A. Strain

Nicole A. Strain

Chief Financial Officer

March 26, 2021

XML

Document and Entity Information - USD ($)
$ in Millions

12 Months Ended

Jan. 30, 2021

Mar. 15, 2021

Jul. 31, 2020

Cover [Abstract]

Document Type

10-K

Amendment Flag

false

Document Period End Date

Jan. 30, 2021

Document Fiscal Year Focus

2020

Document Fiscal Period Focus

FY

Entity Registrant Name

Kirkland’s, Inc.

Entity Central Index Key

0001056285

Current Fiscal Year End Date

--01-30

Entity Filer Category

Non-accelerated Filer

Entity Emerging Growth Company

false

Entity Small Business

true

Entity Shell Company

false

Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding

14,295,257

Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer

No

Entity Voluntary Filers

No

Entity Interactive Data Current

Yes

Entity Current Reporting Status

Yes

Entity File Number

000-49885

Entity Tax Identification Number

62-1287151

Entity Address, Address Line One

5310 Maryland Way

Entity Address, City or Town

Brentwood

Entity Address, State or Province

TN

Entity Address, Postal Zip Code

37027

Entity Incorporation, State or Country Code

TN

City Area Code

615

Local Phone Number

872-4800

ICFR Auditor Attestation Flag

false

Title of 12(b) Security

Common Stock, no par value per share

Trading Symbol

KIRK

Security Exchange Name

NASDAQ

Document Annual Report

true

Document Transition Report

false

Entity Public Float

$ 72.5

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Kirkland’s, Inc. to be held June 22, 2021, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Jan. 30, 2021	Feb. 01, 2020
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 100,337	$ 30,132
Inventories, net	62,083	94,674
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	8,278	6,705
Total current assets	170,698	131,511
Property and equipment:
Equipment	20,463	21,390
Furniture and fixtures	72,775	80,622
Leasehold improvements	109,501	123,022
Computer software and hardware	79,260	73,984
Projects in progress	1,429	6,862
Property and equipment, gross	283,428	305,880
Accumulated depreciation	(220,018)	(223,017)
Property and equipment, net	63,410	82,863
Operating lease right-of-use assets	147,334	200,067
Other assets	5,670	8,001
Total assets	387,112	422,442
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	55,173	59,513
Accrued expenses	37,454	28,773
Operating lease liabilities	44,973	53,154
Total current liabilities	137,600	141,440
Operating lease liabilities	148,976	195,736
Other liabilities	5,614	8,311
Total liabilities	292,190	345,487
Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)
Shareholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, no par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or outstanding at January 30, 2021, and February 1, 2020	0	0
Common stock, no par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized; 14,292,250 and 13,955,826 shares issued and outstanding at January 30, 2021, and February 1, 2020, respectively	174,391	172,885
Accumulated deficit	(79,469)	(95,930)
Total shareholders’ equity	94,922	76,955
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$ 387,112	$ 422,442

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Parenthetical) - $ / shares	Jan. 30, 2021	Feb. 01, 2020
Statement Of Financial Position [Abstract]
Preferred stock, par value
Preferred stock, shares authorized (in shares)	10,000,000	10,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued (in shares)	0	0
Preferred stock, shares outstanding (in shares)	0	0
Common stock, par value
Common stock, shares authorized (in shares)	100,000,000	100,000,000
Common stock, shares issued (in shares)	14,292,250	13,955,826
Common stock, shares outstanding (in shares)	14,292,250	13,955,826

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS - USD ($) shares in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 30, 2021	Feb. 01, 2020	Feb. 02, 2019
Income Statement [Abstract]
Net sales	$ 543,496,000	$ 603,880,000	$ 647,071,000
Cost of sales	370,658,000	423,697,000	390,749,000
Cost of sales related to merchandise purchased from related party vendor	0	14,749,000	53,253,000
Cost of sales	370,658,000	438,446,000	444,002,000
Gross profit	172,838,000	165,434,000	203,069,000
Operating expenses:
Compensation and benefits	85,569,000	116,895,000	116,272,000
Other operating expenses	63,290,000	75,647,000	74,682,000
Depreciation (exclusive of depreciation included in cost of sales)	6,305,000	6,704,000	7,234,000
Asset impairment	9,387,000	19,229,000	0
Total operating expenses	164,551,000	218,475,000	198,188,000
Operating income (loss)	8,287,000	(53,041,000)	4,881,000
Interest expense	571,000	457,000	267,000
Other income	(376,000)	(911,000)	(1,197,000)
Income (loss) before income taxes	8,092,000	(52,587,000)	5,811,000
Income tax (benefit) expense	(8,547,000)	678,000	2,031,000
Net income (loss)	$ 16,639,000	$ (53,265,000)	$ 3,780,000
Earnings (loss) per share:
Basic	$ 1.18	$ (3.79)	$ 0.24
Diluted	$ 1.12	$ (3.79)	$ 0.24
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic	14,159	14,070	15,445
Effect of dilutive common stock equivalents	721	0	121
Diluted	14,880	14,070	15,566

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Total	Revision of Prior Period, Accounting Standards Update, Adjustment	Common Stock	Accumulated Deficit	Accumulated Deficit Revision of Prior Period, Accounting Standards Update, Adjustment
Balance, beginning of period at Feb. 03, 2018	$ 140,761		$ 167,501	$ (26,740)
Balance, beginning of period (in shares) at Feb. 03, 2018			15,977,239
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Employee stock purchases	320		$ 320
Employee stock purchases (in shares)			37,128
Exercise of stock options	23		$ 23
Exercise of stock options (in shares)			177,526
Restricted stock issued			110,400
Net share settlement of stock options and restricted stock	(382)		$ (382)
Net share settlement of stock options and restricted stock (in shares)			(146,721)
Stock-based compensation expense	2,015		$ 2,015
Repurchase and retirement of common stock	$ (15,717)			(15,717)
Repurchase and retirement of common stock (in shares)	(1,650,748)		(1,650,748)
Net income (loss)	$ 3,780			3,780
Balance, end of period at Feb. 02, 2019	130,800		$ 169,477	(38,677)
Balance, end of period (Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle) at Feb. 02, 2019		$ (331)			$ (331)
Balance, end of period (in shares) at Feb. 02, 2019			14,504,824
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Employee stock purchases	241		$ 241
Employee stock purchases (in shares)			104,160
Restricted stock issued			197,090
Net share settlement of stock options and restricted stock	(87)		$ (87)
Net share settlement of stock options and restricted stock (in shares)			(42,973)
Stock-based compensation expense	3,254		$ 3,254
Repurchase and retirement of common stock	$ (3,657)			(3,657)
Repurchase and retirement of common stock (in shares)	(807,275)		(807,275)
Net income (loss)	$ (53,265)			(53,265)
Balance, end of period at Feb. 01, 2020	$ 76,955		$ 172,885	(95,930)
Balance, end of period (in shares) at Feb. 01, 2020	13,955,826		13,955,826
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Employee stock purchases	$ 35		$ 35
Employee stock purchases (in shares)			34,999
Exercise of stock options	360		$ 360
Exercise of stock options (in shares)			52,561
Restricted stock issued			281,604
Net share settlement of stock options and restricted stock	(60)		$ (60)
Net share settlement of stock options and restricted stock (in shares)			(22,814)
Stock-based compensation expense	1,171		$ 1,171
Repurchase and retirement of common stock	$ (178)			(178)
Repurchase and retirement of common stock (in shares)	(9,926)		(9,926)
Net income (loss)	$ 16,639			16,639
Balance, end of period at Jan. 30, 2021	$ 94,922		$ 174,391	$ (79,469)
Balance, end of period (in shares) at Jan. 30, 2021	14,292,250		14,292,250

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 30, 2021	Feb. 01, 2020	Feb. 02, 2019
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)	$ 16,639,000	$ (53,265,000)	$ 3,780,000
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation of property and equipment	23,256,000	27,720,000	29,453,000
Amortization of debt issuance costs	93,000	56,000	54,000
Asset impairment	9,387,000	19,229,000	0
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle		(331,000)
Loss on disposal of property and equipment	87,000	200,000	383,000
Stock-based compensation expense	1,171,000	3,254,000	2,015,000
Deferred income taxes	1,525,000	178,000	513,000
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Inventories, net	32,591,000	(10,240,000)	(3,179,000)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	(1,654,000)	3,851,000	633,000
Accounts payable	(2,883,000)	18,928,000	(4,443,000)
Accounts payable to related party vendor		(8,166,000)	643,000
Accrued expenses	6,803,000	1,666,000	(1,592,000)
Income taxes payable (refundable)	1,959,000	(704,000)	(4,448,000)
Operating lease assets and liabilities	(8,573,000)	(10,645,000)	(1,047,000)
Other assets and liabilities	(1,838,000)		(444,000)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	78,563,000	(8,269,000)	22,321,000
Cash flows from investing activities:
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment	209,000
Capital expenditures	(8,698,000)	(15,680,000)	(28,775,000)
Net cash used in investing activities	(8,489,000)	(15,680,000)	(28,775,000)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Borrowings on revolving line of credit	40,000,000	25,000,000
Repayments on revolving line of credit	(40,000,000)	(25,000,000)
Debt issuance costs	(26,000)	(362,000)
Cash used in net share settlement of stock options and restricted stock	(60,000)	(87,000)	(382,000)
Exercise of stock options	360,000		23,000
Employee stock purchases	35,000	241,000	320,000
Repurchase and retirement of common stock	(178,000)	(3,657,000)	(15,717,000)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	131,000	(3,865,000)	(15,756,000)
Cash and cash equivalents:
Net increase (decrease)	70,205,000	(27,814,000)	(22,210,000)
Beginning of the year	30,132,000	57,946,000	80,156,000
End of the year	100,337,000	30,132,000	57,946,000
Supplemental cash flow information:
Interest paid	442,000	377,000	190,000
Income taxes (received) paid	(11,945,000)	1,091,000	5,966,000
Non-cash accruals for purchases of property and equipment	396,000	1,853,000	$ 1,272,000
Operating lease assets and liabilities recognized upon adoption of ASC 842		295,240,000
(Decrease) increase of operating lease liabilities from new or modified leases	$ (4,001,000)	$ 18,922,000

XML

Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Jan. 30, 2021

Organization Consolidation And Presentation Of Financial Statements [Abstract]

Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

Note 1 — Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of business — Kirkland’s, Inc. (the “Company”) is a specialty retailer of home décor in the United States operating 373 stores in 35 states as of January 30, 2021, as well as an e-commerce website, www.kirklands.com.

Principles of consolidation — The consolidated financial statements of the Company include the accounts of Kirkland’s, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries Kirkland’s Stores, Inc., Kirkland’s DC, Inc. and Kirkland’s Texas, LLC. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Use of estimates — The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from the estimates and assumptions used.

Changes in estimates are recognized in the period when new information becomes available to management. Areas where the nature of the estimate makes it reasonably possible that actual results could materially differ from amounts estimated include, but are not limited to, impairment assessments on long-lived assets, inventory reserves, self-insurance reserves and deferred tax asset valuation allowances.

Company Response to COVID-19 — The COVID-19 pandemic has created significant public health concerns as well as economic disruption, uncertainty, and volatility which has affected the Company’s business operations in fiscal 2020. The Company continues to closely monitor the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on all facets of its business, which includes the impact on its employees, customers, suppliers, vendors, business partners and supply chain networks.

In the first quarter of fiscal 2020, as a proactive and cautionary measure, the Company elected to borrow $40.0 million from its revolving credit facility, which was later repaid during the second quarter of fiscal 2020. The Company also temporarily closed all of its stores in the first quarter of fiscal 2020 and reopened stores during the second quarter of fiscal 2020. In an effort to further strengthen the Company’s financial flexibility and efficiently manage through the pandemic during the first half of the year, the Company permanently reduced store and corporate payroll, furloughed store employees, cancelled inventory purchases, reduced capital expenditures and cut advertising, outbound freight and other expenses. The Company also implemented a new curbside pickup option for customers at our stores.

The CARES Act was signed into law during our first fiscal quarter. The CARES Act, among other things, includes provisions relating to refundable payroll tax credits, deferral of employer side social security payments, net operating loss carryback periods, alternative minimum tax credit refunds, modifications to the net interest deduction limitations and technical corrections to tax depreciation methods for qualified improvement property. The CARES Act allowed the Company’s net operating losses incurred in 2019 to be carried back to preceding taxable years to generate a refund of previously paid income taxes of approximately $12.3 million. The Company has a $1.4 million employer tax credit receivable from the IRS, and the Company has deferred $3.3 million in employer payroll taxes.

All of the Company’s stores and distribution centers are currently open with enhanced safety measures. The health and safety of the Company’s employees and customers are the primary concerns of the Company’s management team. The Company has taken and continues to take numerous actions to promote health and safety, including, providing personal protective equipment to its employees, establishing mask protocols in its facilities, rolling out additional functionality to support contactless shopping experiences, implementing additional cleaning and sanitation procedures and promoting social distancing.

Basis of presentation — In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)”, which supersedes the existing guidance for lease accounting, Leases (Topic 840) (“ASU 2016-02”). At the beginning of fiscal 2019, the Company adopted the

new lease accounting guidance. The adoption of the new lease accounting guidance had a material impact to the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and related disclosures, and resulted in the recording of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities of approximately $295.2 million as of the date of adoption. This guidance was applied using the optional transition method, which allowed the Company to not recast comparative financial information but rather recognize a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the effective date in the period of adoption. An adjustment of $331,000 was made to retained earnings as a result of right-of-use assets that were impaired upon the adoption of this guidance. See Note 11 — Impairment for further discussion. The standard did not materially impact the Company’s consolidated statements of operations or cash flows. For additional information, including the required disclosures, related to the impact of adopting this standard, see Note 5 — Leases.

Fiscal year — The Company’s fiscal year is comprised of the 52 or 53-week period ending on the Saturday closest to January 31. Accordingly, fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 represented the 52 weeks ended on January 30, 2021, February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019, respectively.

Reclassification — Deferred income taxes in the fiscal 2019 asset section of the consolidated balance sheet has been reclassified to be included in other assets to conform to the fiscal 2020 presentation. This reclassification had no effect on total assets.

Cash equivalents — Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit in banks and payments due from banks for customer credit cards, as they generally settle within 24-48 hours.

Inventory — The Company’s inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, net of reserves and allowances, with cost determined using the average cost method, with average cost approximating current cost. Inventory cost consists of the direct cost of merchandise including freight. The carrying value of our inventory is affected by reserves for shrinkage, damages and obsolescence.

The Company incurs various types of warehousing, transportation and delivery costs in connection with inventory purchases and distribution. Such costs are included as a component of the overall cost of inventories and recognized as a component of cost of sales as the related inventory is sold. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, there were $4.0 million and $5.9 million, respectively, of distribution center costs included in inventory.

The Company estimates as a percentage of sales the amount of inventory shrinkage that has occurred between the most recently completed store physical count and the end of the financial reporting period based upon historical physical inventory count results. The Company adjusts these estimates based on changes, if any, in the trends yielded by its physical inventory counts, which occur throughout the fiscal year. The reserve for estimated inventory shrinkage was $1.7 million and $1.3 million as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, respectively.

The Company estimates a reserve for unknown damaged inventory based on historical damage data. Management adjusts these estimates based on any changes in actual damage results. The reserve for estimated damaged inventory was approximately $547,000 and $1,059,000 as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, respectively.

The Company also evaluates the cost of inventory by category and class of merchandise in relation to the estimated sales price. This evaluation is performed to ensure that inventory is not carried at a value in excess of the amount expected to be realized upon the sale of the merchandise. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, our reserve for excess and obsolescence was approximately $263,000 and $745,000, respectively.

The Company receives various payments and allowances from vendors, including rebates and other credits. The amounts received are subject to the terms of vendor agreements, which generally do not state an expiration date, but are subject to ongoing negotiations that may be impacted in the future based on changes in market conditions and changes in the profitability, quality or sell-through of the related merchandise. For all such vendor allowances, the Company records the vendor funds as a reduction of inventories. As the related inventory is sold, such allowances and credits are recognized as a reduction to cost of sales.

Prepaid expenses and other current assets — The Company recognizes assets for expenses paid but not yet incurred, as well as other items such as supplies inventory and miscellaneous receivables. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, prepaid expenses and other current assets included receivables of approximately $3.3 million and $1.0 million, respectively, mainly related to payroll tax refunds allowed for under the CARES Act in the current year and various miscellaneous receivables in the prior year.

Property and equipment — Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Furniture, fixtures and equipment are generally depreciated over five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the useful life of the asset or the expected lease term, typically ranging from five to 10 years. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred, and improvements are capitalized. Gains or losses on the disposition of fixed assets are recorded upon disposal of the related asset.

Cost of internal use software — The Company capitalizes the cost of computer software developed or obtained for internal use. Capitalized computer software costs consist primarily of payroll-related and consulting costs incurred during the application development stage. The Company expenses costs related to preliminary project assessments, research and development, re-engineering, training and application maintenance as they are incurred. Capitalized software costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over an estimated life of three to 10 years. For fiscal years 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company recorded approximately $6.9 million, $7.0 million and $7.4 million, respectively, for depreciation of capitalized software. The net book value of these assets totaled $20.0 million and $17.0 million at the end of fiscal years 2020 and 2019, respectively. Property and equipment included capitalized computer software currently under development of $1.0 million and $6.3 million as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, respectively.

Asset retirement obligations — The Company recognizes a liability for the fair value of required asset retirement obligations (“ARO”) when such obligations are incurred. The Company’s AROs are primarily associated with leasehold improvements, which, at the end of a lease, the Company is contractually obligated to remove in order to comply with the lease agreement. At the inception of a lease with such conditions, the Company records an ARO liability and a corresponding capital asset in an amount equal to the estimated fair value of the obligation. The liability is estimated based on various assumptions requiring management’s judgment and is accreted to its projected future value over time. The capitalized asset is depreciated using the convention for depreciation of leasehold improvement assets. Upon satisfaction of the ARO conditions, any difference between the recorded ARO liability and the actual retirement costs incurred is recognized as an operating gain or loss in the consolidated statements of operations. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, the liability for asset retirement obligations was approximately $755,000 and $822,000, respectively and the asset was approximately $175,000 and $213,000, respectively.

Leases — Operating lease assets and liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date. Operating lease liabilities represent the present value of future lease payments. Operating lease assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset and are based upon the operating lease liabilities adjusted for prepayments or accrued lease payments, initial direct costs, lease incentives, and impairment, if any, of operating lease assets. To determine the present value of lease payments not yet paid at lease commencement or modification, the Company uses the collateralized incremental borrowing rate corresponding to the reasonably certain lease term. The Company estimates its collateralized incremental borrowing rate based upon a synthetic credit rating and yield curve analysis. See Note 5 — Leases for further discussion.

Impairment of long-lived assets — The Company evaluates the recoverability of the carrying amounts of long-lived assets, including lease right-of-use assets, when events or changes in circumstances dictate that their carrying values may not be recoverable. This review includes the evaluation of individual under-performing retail stores and assessing the recoverability of the carrying value of the assets related to the stores. Future cash flows are projected for the remaining lease life. If the estimated future cash flows are less than the carrying value of the assets, the Company records an impairment charge equal to the difference between the assets’ fair value and carrying value. The fair value is estimated using a discounted cash flow approach considering such factors as future sales levels, gross margins, changes in rent and other expenses as well as the overall operating environment specific to that store. The amount of the impairment charge is allocated proportionately to all assets in the asset group with no asset written down below its individual fair value.

In fiscal 2019, the Company shifted to estimating the fair value of long-lived fixed assets based on orderly liquidation value as the Company believes this method better reflects the fair value of the assets. The Company previously used the age-life method for calculating the fair value of long-lived assets. Under the age-life method, the replacement cost of an asset is estimated and reduced by depreciation based on the effective age of the asset and its expected useful life. The age-life method takes into consideration the fact that we will continue to use these assets based on a presumed investment decision where the expected cash flows from operating the store are greater than the expected cash flows that result from not operating the store. See Note 11 — Impairment for further discussion.

Insurance reserves — Workers’ compensation, general liability and employee medical insurance programs are predominately self-insured. It is the Company’s policy to record a self-insurance liability using estimates of claims incurred but not yet reported or paid, based on historical claims experience and actuarial methods. Actual results can vary from estimates for many reasons, including, changes in our assumptions about health care costs, the severity of accidents, the average size of claims and other factors. The Company monitors its claims experience in light of these factors and revises its estimates of insurance reserves accordingly. The level of insurance reserves may increase or decrease as a result of these changing circumstances or trends. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, the Company’s net self-insurance reserve estimates related to workers’ compensation and general liability were $5.3 million and $5.9 million, respectively. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, the Company’s net self-insurance reserve estimates related to employee medical insurance were approximately $265,000 and $513,000, respectively.

Net sales — Net sales includes the sale of merchandise, net of returns, shipping revenue, gift card breakage revenue and revenue earned from our private label credit card program and excludes sales taxes.

Sales Returns Reserve — The Company reduces net sales and estimates a liability for sales returns based on historical return trends, and the Company believes that its estimate for sales returns is an accurate reflection of future returns associated with past sales. However, as with any estimate, refund activity may vary from estimated amounts. The Company had a liability of approximately $2.0 million and $1.6 million reserved for sales returns at January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, respectively, included in accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets. The related sales return reserve product recovery asset included in prepaid expenses and other current assets on the consolidated balance sheets was approximately $850,000 and $695,000 at January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, respectively.

Deferred e-commerce revenue — The Company recognizes revenue at the time of sale of merchandise to customers in its stores. E-commerce revenue is recorded at the estimated time of delivery to the customer. If the Company receives payment before completion of its customer obligations, the revenue is deferred until the customer takes possession of the merchandise and the sale is complete. Deferred revenue related to e-commerce orders that have been shipped but not estimated to be received by customers included in accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets was approximately $1,165,000 and $656,000 at January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, respectively. The related contract assets, reflected in inventory on the consolidated balance sheets, totaled approximately $530,000 and $319,000 at January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, respectively.

Gift cards — Gift card sales are recognized as revenue when tendered for payment. While the Company honors all gift cards presented for payment, the Company determines the likelihood of redemption to be remote for certain gift card balances due to long periods of inactivity. The Company uses the redemption recognition method to account for breakage for unused gift card amounts where breakage is recognized as gift cards are redeemed for the purchase of goods based upon a historical breakage rate. In these circumstances, to the extent the Company determines there is no requirement for remitting unredeemed card balances to government agencies under unclaimed property laws, such amounts are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations as a component of net sales.

The table below sets forth selected gift card liability information (in thousands) for the periods indicated:

	January 30, 2021		February 1, 2020		February 2, 2019
Gift card liability, net of estimated breakage (included in accrued expenses)	$	13,408	$	13,128	$	13,032

The table below sets forth selected gift card breakage and redemption information (in thousands) for the periods indicated:

	52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021		52 Weeks Ended February 1, 2020		52 Weeks Ended February 2, 2019
Gift card breakage revenue (included in net sales)	$	1,172	$	1,084	$	1,102
Gift card redemptions recognized in the current period related to amounts included in the gift card contract liability balance as of the prior period		5,329		6,593		6,194

Customer loyalty program — The Company has established a loyalty program called the K-club, whereby members receive access to coupons, birthday rewards, monthly sweepstakes, sneak peeks, exclusive deals and more. During fiscal 2018, the Company eliminated the part of the program whereby customers earned loyalty points, which became certificates that could be redeemed on future purchases. In fiscal 2020, the Company redesigned the loyalty program to again offer points to members on qualifying purchases that are converted into certificates that may be redeemed on future purchases. This customer option is a material right and, accordingly, represents a separate performance obligation to the customer under ASC 606 Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The allocated consideration for the points earned by loyalty program members is deferred based on the standalone selling price of the points and recorded within accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheet. The measurement of standalone selling prices takes into consideration the estimated points that will be converted to certificates and certificates that are expected to be redeemed, based on historical redemption patterns. This measurement is applied to the Company’s portfolio of performance obligations for points earned, as all obligations have similar economic characteristics. The Company believes the impact to its consolidated financial statements would not be materially different if this measurement was applied to each individual performance obligation. Revenue is recognized for these performance obligations at a point in time when certificates are redeemed by the customer. These obligations generally relate to contracts with terms less than one year, as points expire on a rolling 12 months and certificates generally expire within two months from issuance. The related loyalty program deferred revenue included in accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets was approximately $922,000 at January 30, 2021 compared to none at February 1, 2020.

Private Label Credit Card — The Company has a private label credit card program for its customers that was amended on November 18, 2019 to extend the term of the arrangement through December 31, 2024. Each private label credit card bears the logo for the Kirkland’s brand and can only be used at the Company’s store locations and e-commerce channel. The card program is operated and managed by a third-party bank, Wells Fargo, that assumes all of the losses associated with non-payment by the private label card holders and a portion of any fraudulent usage of the accounts.

Pursuant to the private-label credit card program, the Company receives cash incentives in exchange for promised services, such as licensing our brand names and marketing the credit card program to customers. The Company can receive incentive payments for the achievement of certain private label credit card volumes and is also reimbursed for marketing and other programs associated with the private label credit card. Funds received related the Company’s private label credit card program are recorded as net sales in the consolidated statements of operations. Services promised under these agreements are separate performance obligations. Revenue is recognized as we fulfill the Company’s performance obligations throughout the contract term.

Cost of sales — Cost of sales includes costs of product purchased from vendors, including inbound freight, receiving costs, inspection costs, warehousing costs, outbound freight, inventory damage and shrinkage, payroll and overhead associated with our distribution facility and its network, store occupancy costs and depreciation of leasehold improvements, equipment, and other property in our stores and distribution centers. Distribution facility costs, excluding depreciation, included in cost of sales were approximately $24.7 million, $24.6 million and $22.6 million for fiscal 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.

Compensation and benefits — Compensation and benefits includes all store and corporate office salaries and wages and incentive pay as well as stock compensation, employee health benefits, 401(k) plan benefits, social security and unemployment taxes.

Stock-based compensation — Stock-based compensation includes expenses associated with stock option grants, restricted stock grants, and other transactions under the Company’s stock plans. The Company recognizes compensation expense for its stock-based payments based on the fair value of the awards. The expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the vesting period within compensation and benefits in the consolidated statements of operations. See Note 6 — Stock-Based Compensation for further discussion.

Other operating expenses — Other operating expenses consist of such items as advertising, credit card processing costs, bank fees, utilities, professional fees, software maintenance costs, supplies and postage, workers’ compensation and general liability insurance, trash removal, maintenance and repairs, travel and various other store and corporate expenses.

Store pre-opening expenses — Store pre-opening expenses, which consist primarily of occupancy, payroll and supplies costs, are expensed as incurred and are included in other operating expenses.

Advertising expenses — Advertising costs are expensed in the period in which the related activity first takes place. These expenses include costs associated with specific marketing campaigns, direct mail, email communications, paid search, digital advertising, social media, public relations and in-store signage. Total advertising expense was $14.3 million, $15.0 million and $12.8 million for fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Prepaid advertising costs were approximately $294,000 and $273,000 as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, respectively.

Income taxes — Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on the differences between the financial statement and the tax law treatment of certain items. Realization of certain components of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the occurrence of future events. The Company records valuation allowances to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amount it believes is more likely than not to be realized. These valuation allowances can be impacted by changes in tax laws, changes to statutory tax rates, and future taxable income levels and are based on the Company’s judgment, estimates and assumptions regarding those future events. In the event the Company was to determine that it would not be able to realize all or a portion of the net deferred tax assets in the future, the Company would increase the valuation allowance through a charge to income tax expense in the period that such determination is made. Conversely, if the Company was to determine that it would be able to realize its deferred tax assets in the future, in excess of the net carrying amounts, the Company would decrease the recorded valuation allowance through a decrease to income tax expense in the period that such determination is made. The Company established a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets in fiscal 2019, as the Company is in a three-year cumulative pre-tax loss position.

The Company provides for uncertain tax positions and the related interest and penalties, if any, based upon management’s assessment of whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. To the extent the Company prevails in matters for which a liability for an unrecognized tax benefit is established or is required to pay amounts in excess of the liability, the Company’s effective tax rate in a given financial statement period may be affected.

The Company’s income tax returns are subject to audit by local, state and federal tax authorities, and the Company is typically engaged in various tax examinations at any given time. Tax contingencies often arise due to uncertainty or differing interpretations of the application of tax rules throughout the various jurisdictions in which the Company operates. The contingencies are influenced by items such as tax audits, changes in tax laws, litigation, appeals and experience with previous similar tax positions. The Company regularly reviews its tax reserves for these items and assesses the adequacy of the amount recorded. The Company evaluates potential exposures associated with its various tax filings by estimating a liability for uncertain tax positions based on a two-step process. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step requires estimation and measurement of the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be recognized upon settlement.

See Note 3 — Income Taxes for further discussion.

Sales and use taxes — Governmental authorities assess sales and use taxes on the sale and purchase of goods and services. The Company excludes taxes collected from customers in its reported net sales results. Such amounts are reflected as accrued expenses until remitted to the taxing authorities.

Concentrations of risk — The Company has risk of geographic concentration with respect to the sourcing of its inventory purchases. Approximately 76% of the Company’s inventory purchases in fiscal 2020 were from China.

The Company also has vendor concentration risk as one vendor, that was formally a related-party, accounted for 10.9%, 17.4%, and 20.7% of purchases in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. See Note 9 — Related Party Transactions for further discussion.

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents. The Company’s cash balances are primarily on deposit at high credit quality financial institutions.

Fair value of financial instruments — Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The Company uses a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value.  These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, other current assets and accounts payable approximate fair value because of their short maturities.

The Company maintained The Executive Non-Qualified Excess Plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”) as discussed further in Note 7 — Retirement Benefit Plans for further discussion. The Deferred Compensation Plan was funded, and the Company invested participant deferrals into trust assets, which were invested in a variety of mutual funds that are Level 1 inputs. The plan assets and plan liabilities were adjusted to fair value on a recurring basis.

The Company measures certain assets at fair value on a non-recurring basis, including the evaluation of long-lived assets for impairment using Company-specific assumptions which would fall within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company uses market participant rents to calculate the fair value of right-of-use assets and discounted future cash flows of the asset or asset group using a discount rate that approximates the cost of capital of a market participant to quantify fair value for other long-lived assets. See Note 11 — Impairment for further discussion.

Earnings (loss) per share — Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during each period presented. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding plus the dilutive effect of stock equivalents outstanding during the applicable periods using the treasury stock method. Diluted earnings (loss) per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if options to purchase stock were exercised into common stock and if outstanding grants of restricted stock were vested. Stock options and restricted stock units that were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share, because to do so would have been antidilutive, were approximately 201,000 shares, 1,521,000 shares and 923,000 shares for fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Comprehensive income (loss) — Comprehensive income (loss) does not differ from the consolidated net income (loss) presented in the consolidated statements of operations.

Operating segments — The Company is a specialty retailer of home décor that offers its products in its stores and on its website. The Company has determined that each of its stores and its e-commerce operations is an operating segment. The operating performance of all stores and e-commerce has been aggregated into one reportable segment. The Company’s operating segments are aggregated for financial reporting purposes because they are similar in each of the following areas: economic characteristics, class of consumer, nature of products and distribution methods. Revenues from external customers are derived from merchandise sales, and the Company does not rely on any major customers as a source of revenue. Across its store base, the Company operates one store format under the Kirkland’s name in which each store offers the same general mix of merchandise with similar categories and similar customers. The Company believes that disaggregating its operating segments would not provide meaningful additional information.

XML

Accrued Expenses

12 Months Ended

Jan. 30, 2021

Payables And Accruals [Abstract]

Accrued Expenses

Note 2 — Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses are comprised of the following (in thousands):

	January 30, 2021		February 1, 2020
Gift cards	$	13,408	$	13,128
Salaries and wages		9,298		6,647
Sales taxes		1,863		1,816
Payroll taxes		3,515		400
Workers’ compensation and general liability reserves		2,321		2,435
Sales returns reserve		2,015		1,554
Income taxes payable		1,911		32
Deferred e-commerce revenue		1,165		656
Loyalty program deferred revenue		922		—
Other		1,036		2,105
	$	37,454	$	28,773

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Jan. 30, 2021

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Taxes

Note 3 — Income Taxes

The Company’s income tax (benefit) expense is computed based on the federal statutory rates and the state statutory rates, net of related federal benefit. The Company’s provision for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):

	52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021			52 Weeks Ended February 1, 2020			52 Weeks Ended February 2, 2019
Current tax (benefit) expense:
Federal	$	(10,124	)	$	(225	)	$	708
State		52			612			810
Deferred tax expense (benefit):
Federal		—			362			455
State		1,525			(71	)		58
	$	(8,547	)	$	678		$	2,031

Income tax (benefit) expense differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to pre-tax income (loss). A reconciliation of income tax (benefit) expense at the statutory federal income tax rate to the amount provided is as follows (in thousands):

	52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021			52 Weeks Ended February 1, 2020			52 Weeks Ended February 2, 2019
Tax at federal statutory rate	$	1,699		$	(11,043	)	$	1,220
State income taxes, net of federal benefit		338			(1,456	)		651
Tax credits		(90	)		(192	)		(437	)
Enactment of tax legislation		(12,276	)		—			—
Executive compensation		177			—			35
Stock based compensation programs		274			1,162			545
Valuation allowance		1,292			12,035			—
Other		39			172			17
Income tax (benefit) expense	$	(8,547	)	$	678		$	2,031

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes and are included as part

of other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

	January 30, 2021			February 1, 2020
Deferred tax assets:
Accruals	$	3,147		$	2,622
Inventory valuation		448			739
State tax credit carryforwards		148			148
Federal and state net operating loss carryforwards		1,111			7,462
Impairment		2,410			4,809
Operating lease liabilities		48,808			64,819
Other		2,366			2,505
Total deferred tax assets		58,438			83,104
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets		(6,033	)		(12,145	)
Net deferred tax assets		52,405			70,959
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation		(12,556	)		(16,834	)
Operating lease right-of-use assets		(39,126	)		(51,974	)
Prepaid assets		(723	)		(626	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(52,405	)		(69,434	)
Net deferred tax assets	$	—		$	1,525

On March 27, 2020, the CARES Act was enacted in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. The CARES Act, among other things, permits net operating loss carry backs to offset 100% of taxable income for taxable years beginning before 2021. The Company elected to carryback its 2019 net operating loss to offset the Company’s previous taxable income, thus generating a refund of $12.3 million.

As of January 30, 2021, the Company has $21.3 million of state net operating loss carry-forwards available to offset future taxable income. State net operating loss carry-forwards expire in years 2035 through 2040. As of January 30, 2021, the Company has state tax credit carryforwards of approximately $187,000 that expire in years 2023 through 2025.

Future utilization of the deferred tax assets is evaluated by the Company and any valuation allowance is adjusted accordingly. For fiscal 2019, the Company established a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets due to uncertainty regarding their realization, and in fiscal 2020 the Company established an additional valuation allowance against state net operating loss carry forwards. Accordingly, the Company has established a valuation allowance of $6.0 million and $12.1 million with respect to the deferred tax assets as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, respectively. Adjustments could be required in the future if the Company estimates that the amount of deferred tax assets to be realized is more or less than the net amount the Company has recorded. Any decrease in the valuation allowance could have the effect of increasing or decreasing the income tax provision based on the nature of the deferred tax asset deemed realizable in the period in which such a determination is made.

The Company and one or more of its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state and local jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations by authorities for years prior to 2017. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to state and local income tax examinations for years prior to 2015. The Company is not currently engaged in any U.S. federal, state or local income tax examinations.

The Company had no unrecognized tax benefits as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020. The Company accrues interest on unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. Penalties, if incurred, would be recognized as a component of income tax expense. The Company had no amounts accrued for the payment of interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits as of January 31, 2021 and February 1, 2020.

XML

Senior Credit Facility

12 Months Ended

Jan. 30, 2021

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Senior Credit Facility

Note 4 — Senior Credit Facility

On December 6, 2019, the Company entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “2019 Credit Agreement”) with Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent and collateral agent, and lender. The 2019 Credit Agreement replaced the Company’s Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 19, 2011, as amended by that Joinder and First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of February 26, 2016 (the “2016 Credit Agreement”) and, together with the 2019 Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreements”). Like the 2016 Credit Agreement, the 2019 Credit Agreement contains a $75 million senior secured revolving credit facility, a swingline availability of $10 million, and a $25 million incremental accordion feature. The 2019 Credit Agreement contains substantially similar terms and conditions as the 2016 Credit Agreement, and extends its maturity date to December 2024. The 2016 Credit Agreement was scheduled to expire in February 2021. Advances under the Credit Agreements bear interest at an annual rate equal to LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 125 to 175 basis points with no LIBOR floor, and the fee paid to the lender on the unused portion of the credit facility is 25 basis points per annum.

Borrowings under the Credit Agreements are subject to certain conditions and contain customary events of default, including, without limitation, failure to make payments, a cross-default to certain other debt, breaches of covenants, breaches of representations and warranties, a change in control, certain monetary judgments and bankruptcy and ERISA events. Upon any such event of default, the principal amount of any unpaid loans and all other obligations under the Credit Agreements may be declared immediately due and payable. The maximum availability under the Credit Agreements is limited by a borrowing base formula, which consists of a percentage of eligible inventory and eligible credit card receivables, less reserves.

The Company is subject to a Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement (“Security Agreement”) with its lender. Pursuant to the Security Agreement, the Company pledged and granted to the administrative agent, for the benefit of itself and the secured parties specified therein, a lien on and security interest in all of the rights, title and interest in substantially all of the Company’s assets to secure the payment and performance of the obligations under the Credit Agreements.

As of January 30, 2021, the Company was in compliance with the covenants in the 2019 Credit Agreement. Under the 2019 Agreement, there were no outstanding borrowings and $1.75 million in letters of credit outstanding, with approximately $39.5 million available for borrowing as of January 30, 2021.

XML

Leases

12 Months Ended

Jan. 30, 2021

Leases [Abstract]

Leases

Note 5 — Leases

The Company leases retail store facilities, corporate office space, warehouse facilities and certain vehicles and equipment under operating leases with terms generally ranging up to 10 years and expiring at various dates through 2030. Most of the retail store agreements include an initial term with renewal options and provide for minimum fixed rental payments. The Company does not include lease renewal options in the lease term for calculations of its right-of-use assets and liabilities until it is reasonably certain that the Company plans to renew these leases. A few retail store lease agreements have only variable lease payments based on a percentage of sales, while other store leases contain contingent rentals based on sales performance in excess of specified minimums in addition to minimum fixed rentals.

The majority of the Company’s leases have monthly fixed rent with additional costs that are not components of the lease (e.g., real estate taxes and insurance costs) and non-lease components (e.g., common area maintenance) either of which can be variable or fixed. These additional components are excluded from the calculation of the lease liability and right-of-use asset. The Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, so the incremental borrowing rate, based on the information available at commencement or modification date, is used in determining the present value of lease payments. For operating leases that commenced prior to the date of adoption of the new lease accounting guidance, the Company used the incremental borrowing rate that corresponded to the remaining lease term as of the date of adoption.

The Company's classification of lease cost on the Company's condensed consolidated statements of operations is as follows (in thousands):

	52 Week Period Ended (1)		52 Week Period Ended (1)
	January 30, 2021		February 1, 2020
Cost of sales (2)
Operating lease cost	$	43,753	$	53,382
Short-term lease cost		755		1,469
Variable lease cost		1,554		1,329
Total lease cost in cost of sales		46,062		56,180
Other operating expenses
Operating lease cost		1,862		2,824
Short-term lease cost		60		382
Total lease cost in other operating expenses		1,922		3,206
Total lease cost	$	47,984	$	59,386

(1) Total lease cost excludes expense for non-lease components including common area maintenance and excludes costs that are not a component of the lease including real estate taxes, insurance, sales taxes and utilities for the Company’s leases.

(2) Cost of sales includes all distribution center lease costs and store occupancy-related lease costs.

As of January 30, 2021, future minimum payments, by year and in the aggregate, under all operating leases with initial terms of one year or more consist of the following (in thousands):

	Operating Leases
2021	$	60,159
2022		48,140
2023		37,330
2024		30,395
2025		23,726
Thereafter		32,230
Total lease payments (1)		231,980
Less: interest		(38,031	)
Present value of lease liabilities	$	193,949

(1) Operating lease payments exclude $485,000 of legally binding minimum lease payments for a lease signed but not yet commenced for one new store.

The Company’s lease term and discount rate is as follows:

	January 30, 2021
Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)		5.2
Weighted-average discount rate		7.4	%

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities is as follows (in thousands):

	52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021		52 Weeks Ended February 1, 2020
Operating cash flows from operating leases	$	57,310	$	64,654

XML

Stock-Based Compensation

12 Months Ended

Jan. 30, 2021

Disclosure Of Compensation Related Costs Sharebased Payments [Abstract]

Stock-Based Compensation

Note 6 — Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation — Stock-based compensation includes stock option grants, restricted stock unit grants and other transactions under the Company’s equity plans. Total stock-based compensation expense is included

as a component of compensation and benefits on the consolidated statements of operations and was approximately $1.2 million, $3.3 million and $2.0 million for fiscal years 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

On June 4, 2013, the Company adopted the Kirkland’s, Inc. Amended and Restated 2002 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2002 Plan”), replacing the plan adopted in July 2002. The 2002 Plan provides for the award of restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options and stock appreciation rights with respect to shares of common stock to employees, directors, consultants and other individuals who perform services for the Company. The 2002 Plan is authorized to provide awards for up to a maximum of 4,500,000 shares of common stock.

As of January 30, 2021, options to purchase 173,518 shares of common stock were outstanding under the 2002 Plan at exercise prices ranging from $1.65 to $25.52 per share. As of January 30, 2021, there were 1,169,403 RSUs outstanding under the 2002 Plan with fair value grant prices ranging from $0.82 to $12.54 per share. Shares reserved for future stock-based grants under the 2002 Plan was 1,280,595 at January 30, 2021.

Stock options — The Company allows for the settlement of vested stock options on a net share basis (“net share settled stock options”) or on a gross basis with the holder providing cash to cover the option exercise price and the minimum statutory tax withholdings. With net share settled stock options, the employee does not surrender any cash or shares upon exercise. Rather, the Company withholds the number of shares to cover the option exercise price and the minimum statutory tax withholding obligations from the shares that would otherwise be issued upon exercise. The settlement of vested stock options on a net share basis results in fewer shares issued by the Company. Options issued to employees under the 2002 Plan have maximum contractual terms of 10 years and generally vest ratably over 4 years.

Stock option activity for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2021 was as follows:

	Number of Options			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Balance at February 1, 2020		381,513		$	11.76
Options exercised		(52,561	)		8.55
Options forfeited		(131,684	)		14.23
Options expired		(23,750	)		18.14
Balance at January 30, 2021		173,518		$	9.99		6.0	$	2,686
Options Exercisable As of:
January 30, 2021		83,843		$	16.11		3.6	$	785

The aggregate intrinsic values in the table above represent the total difference between the Company’s closing stock price at year-end and the option exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options at each year-end. As of January 30, 2021, there were 152,018 outstanding in-the-money options. The fair value of each option is recorded as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the applicable vesting period. At January 30, 2021, unrecognized stock compensation expense related to the unvested portion of outstanding stock options was approximately $141,000, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.0 years.

In fiscal 2019, the company entered into stock option cancellation agreements with certain members of its management team pursuant to which such individuals surrendered and canceled certain previously granted stock options in order to make additional shares available under the Company’s 2002 Plan for future equity awards. The surrender and cancellation of the stock options was a settlement for no consideration, and the Company recorded the previously unrecognized compensation cost related to the canceled stock options of approximately $861,000 during fiscal 2019. The canceled options that were surrendered had an exercise price that ranged from $7.14 to $25.52.

Other information related to option activity during fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 is as follows:

	52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021		52 Weeks Ended February 1, 2020		52 Weeks Ended February 2, 2019
Weighted average grant date fair value of options granted (per share)	$	—	$	3.28	$	6.18
Total fair value of stock options vested (in thousands)	$	119	$	543	$	834
Intrinsic value of stock options exercised (in thousands)	$	538	$	—	$	684

The Company has estimated the fair value of all stock option awards as of the date of the grant by applying the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The application of this valuation model involves assumptions that are judgmental and highly subjective in the determination of compensation expense. The Company did not grant any stock options in fiscal 2020. The weighted averages for key assumptions used in determining the fair value of options granted for the periods indicated below and a summary of the methodology applied to develop each assumption are as follows:

	52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021	52 Weeks Ended February 1, 2020			52 Weeks Ended February 2, 2019
Expected price volatility	— %		53	%		47	%
Risk-free interest rate	— %		2.24	%		2.79	%
Expected life	— years	6.3 years			6.3 years
Dividend yield	— %		0	%		0	%

Expected price volatility — The expected price volatility is a measure of the amount by which the stock price has fluctuated or is expected to fluctuate. The Company uses actual historical changes in the market value of its stock to calculate the volatility assumption as it is management’s belief that this is the best indicator of future volatility. The Company calculates daily market value changes using the historical volatility of returns for the six years prior to the grant. An increase in the expected volatility will increase compensation expense.

Risk-free interest rate — The risk-free interest rate is the U.S. Treasury rate for the week of the grant having a term equal to the expected life of the option. An increase in the risk-free interest rate will increase compensation expense.

Expected life — The expected life is the period of time over which the options granted are expected to remain outstanding. The Company uses the “simplified” method found in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 to estimate the expected life of stock option grants. Options granted have a maximum term of ten years. An increase in the expected life will increase compensation expense.

Forfeiture rate — The forfeiture rate is the percentage of options granted that were forfeited or canceled before becoming fully vested. The Company accounts for forfeitures of share-based awards as they occur. An increase in the forfeiture rate will decrease compensation expense.

Restricted stock units — The Company grants restricted stock units for a fixed number of shares to various employees and directors. The RSUs granted to directors become 100% vested on the first anniversary of the grant date. The RSUs granted to employees prior to fiscal 2020 typically vest 25% annually on the anniversary of the grant date over 4 years. The RSUs granted to employees in fiscal 2020 vest 100% on the second anniversary of the grant date. The fair values of the RSUs are equal to the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant. Compensation expense related to RSUs is recognized ratably over the requisite service period. As of January 30, 2021, there was approximately $1.2 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to RSUs which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.6 years.

RSU activity for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2021, was as follows:

	Shares			Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Non-Vested at February 1, 2020		433,444		$	4.67
Granted		1,050,421			0.92
Vested		(281,604	)		3.61
Forfeited		(32,858	)		1.92
Non-Vested at January 30, 2021		1,169,403		$	1.63

Other information related to RSU activity during fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 is as follows:

	52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021		52 Weeks Ended February 1, 2020		52 Weeks Ended February 2, 2019
Weighted average grant date fair value of RSUs (per share)	$	0.92	$	4.32	$	10.83
Total fair value of restricted stock units vested (in thousands)	$	638	$	465	$	1,387

Employee stock purchase plan — In July 2002, the Company adopted an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) which was amended in 2006, 2008 and 2016. Under the ESPP, full-time employees who have completed twelve consecutive months of service are allowed to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, subject to certain limitations, through payroll deduction, at a 15% discount from fair market value. The Company’s ESPP was originally authorized to issue up to 500,000 shares of common stock. In June 2016, the shareholders ratified the amendment to the Company’s ESPP to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized to be issued under the ESPP by 125,000 shares with an optional annual increase thereafter each January 1 commencing on January 1, 2017 by up to an additional 35,000 shares. During fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, there were 34,999, 104,160 and 37,128 shares of common stock, respectively, issued to participants under the ESPP. During fiscal 2020, the Company suspended the ESPP. As of January 30, 2021, the total amount authorized under the ESPP was 730,000 with 39 shares remaining unissued under the authorization.

XML

Retirement Benefit Plans

12 Months Ended

Jan. 30, 2021

Postemployment Benefits [Abstract]

Retirement Benefit Plans

Note 7 — Retirement Benefit Plans

401(k) savings plan — The Company maintains a defined contribution 401(k) employee benefit plan, which provides retirement benefits for eligible employees. The Company matches 100% of the employee’s elective contributions up to 4% of eligible compensation.   The Company’s matching contributions were approximately $860,000, $989,000 and $904,000 in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Company has the option to make additional contributions to the 401(k) employee benefit plan on behalf of covered employees; however, no such contributions were made in fiscal 2020, 2019 or 2018.

Deferred compensation plan — The Board of Directors approved the termination of the Deferred Compensation Plan effective September 6, 2019, and all remaining balances in the Deferred Compensation Plan were paid out during fiscal 2020. Deferred Compensation Plan assets and liabilities were zero and $1.9 million as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, respectively, and were recorded in other assets and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company had no matching contributions to this Plan in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018.

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Jan. 30, 2021

Commitments And Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Commitments and Contingencies

Note 8 — Commitments and Contingencies

The Company was named as a defendant in a putative class action filed in April 2017 in the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania, Gennock v. Kirkland’s, Inc. The complaint alleged that the Company, in violation of federal law, published more than the last five digits of a credit or debit card number on customers’ receipts. On October 21, 2019, the District Court dismissed the matter and ruled that the Plaintiffs did not have standing based on the Third Circuit’s recent decision in Kamal v. J. Crew Group, Inc., 918 F.3d 102 (3d. Cir. 2019). Following the dismissal in federal court, on October 25, 2019, the Plaintiffs filed a Praecipe to Transfer the case to Pennsylvania state court, and on August 20, 2020, the court ruled that the Plaintiffs have standing. However, the court also certified the standing issue for an interlocutory appeal, and the Company has filed a petition for allowance of

appeal with the Pennsylvania Supreme Court. The Company continues to believe that the case is without merit and intends to continue to vigorously defend itself against the allegations. The matter is covered by insurance, and the Company does not believe that the case will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition, operating results or cash flows.

The Company has been named as a defendant in a putative class action filed in May 2018 in the Superior Court of California, Miles v. Kirkland’s Stores, Inc. The case has been removed to Federal Court, Central District of California, and trial is currently set for November 8, 2021. The complaint alleges, on behalf of Miles and all other hourly Kirkland’s employees in California, various wage and hour violations. Kirkland’s denies the material allegations in the complaint and believes that its employment policies are generally compliant with California law. The parties are currently engaging in discovery, and the Plaintiff has until April 9, 2021 to file for class certification. The Company believes the case is without merit and intends to vigorously defend itself against the allegations.

The Company is also party to other pending legal proceedings and claims that arise in the normal course of business. Although the outcome of such proceedings and claims cannot be determined with certainty, the Company’s management is of the opinion that it is unlikely that such proceedings and any claims in excess of insurance coverage will have a material effect on its consolidated financial condition, operating results or cash flows.

XML

Related Party Transactions

12 Months Ended

Jan. 30, 2021

Related Party Transactions [Abstract]

Related Party Transactions

Note 9 — Related Party Transactions

The Company had an agreement with a related party vendor to purchase merchandise inventory. The vendor was considered a related party for financial reporting purposes because its principal owner is the spouse of the Company’s former Vice President of Product Development and Trend. As of June 14, 2019, the vendor is no longer a related party. The table below sets forth selected results related to this vendor, for the time period that the vendor was a related party, in dollars (thousands) and percentages for the periods indicated:

	52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021		52 Weeks Ended February 1, 2020			52 Weeks Ended February 2, 2019
Related Party Vendor
Purchases	$	—	$	19,577		$	54,280
Purchases as a percent of total merchandise purchases	— %			7.6	%		20.7	%

XML

Share Repurchase Plan

12 Months Ended

Jan. 30, 2021

Treasury Stock Transactions [Abstract]

Share Repurchase Plan

Note 10 — Share Repurchase Plan

On August 22, 2017, the Company announced that its Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase plan providing for the purchase in the aggregate of up to $10 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock. This share repurchase plan was completed during the third quarter of fiscal 2018. On September 24, 2018, the Company announced that its Board of Directors authorized a new share repurchase plan providing for the purchase in the aggregate of up to $10 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock. This share repurchase plan was completed during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020. On December 3, 2020, the Company announced that its Board of Directors authorized a new share repurchase plan providing for the purchase in the aggregate of up to $20 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock. Repurchases of shares are made in accordance with applicable securities laws and may be made from time to time in the open market or by negotiated transactions. The amount and timing of repurchases are based on a variety of factors, including stock price, regulatory limitations and other market and economic factors. The share repurchase plan does not require the Company to repurchase any specific number of shares, and the Company may terminate the share repurchase plan at any time. As of January 30, 2021, the Company had approximately $19.8 million remaining under the current share repurchase plan. The table below sets forth selected share repurchase plan information (in thousands, except share amounts) for the periods indicated:

	52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021		52 Weeks Ended February 1, 2020		52 Weeks Ended February 2, 2019
Shares repurchased and retired		9,926		807,275		1,650,748
Share repurchase cost	$	178	$	3,657	$	15,717

XML

Impairment

12 Months Ended

Jan. 30, 2021

Impairment [Abstract]

Impairment

Note 11 — Impairment

In connection with the adoption of the new lease accounting standard at the beginning of fiscal 2019, the Company reviewed its store portfolio for possible impairment, as right-of-use assets are now included as part of the long-lived asset group that is evaluated for impairment. As a result of this review, eight stores were identified for which the carrying amounts of the store assets were not expected to be recoverable. As of the beginning of fiscal 2019, the Company recorded an adjustment to increase the opening balance of accumulated deficit by approximately $331,000 for the cumulative effect of the adoption of ASC 842 for right-of-use assets at six of the impaired stores.

The Company recorded an impairment charge of approximately $9.4 million, $19.2 million and zero in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. During fiscal 2020, the $9.4 million impairment charge included $6.2 million for right-of-use asset impairment at 24 stores, $3.1 million for property and equipment impairment charges at 24 stores and excess store fixture impairment of $0.1 million. The $19.2 million fiscal 2019 impairment charge included approximately $2.9 million for right-of-use asset impairment at nine stores, $9.9 million for property and equipment impairment charges at 38 stores, $0.9 million in excess store fixture impairment, $4.7 million in impaired software projects and $0.8 million related to e-commerce distribution center impairment. The total impairment charge, net of tax, for fiscal years 2020 and 2019 was $6.9 million and $15.1 million, respectively.

XML

New Accounting Pronouncements

12 Months Ended

Jan. 30, 2021

New Accounting Pronouncements And Changes In Accounting Principles [Abstract]

New Accounting Pronouncements

Note 12 — New Accounting Pronouncements

New Accounting Pronouncements Recently Adopted

In August 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement,” which amends the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements by removing, modifying and adding certain disclosures. This guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2020. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, “Income Taxes (Topic 740) Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes.” The amendments in this ASU simplify the accounting for income taxes by removing specific exceptions included in Topic 740, introducing simplifications and making technical corrections. For public business entities, the amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this guidance in the second quarter of fiscal 2020. For the 26-week period ended August 1, 2020, the pretax loss was greater than the forecasted pretax loss for the year, which historically resulted in a calculation that limited the tax benefit that could be recorded. The adoption of ASU 2019-12 provided the Company an exception to this methodology. The adoption of this guidance did not have any other material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

New Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” which amends the impairment model to utilize an expected loss methodology in place of the currently used incurred loss methodology, which will result in more timely recognition of losses. The new guidance applies to financial assets measured at amortized cost basis, including receivables that result from revenue transactions and held-to-maturity debt securities. This guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2022 for non-accelerated filers, and early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting.” This guidance is in response to accounting concerns regarding contract modifications and hedge accounting because of impending rate reform associated with structural risks of interbank offered rates (IBORs), and, particularly, the risk of cessation of the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR)

related to regulators in several jurisdictions around the world having undertaken reference rate reform initiatives to identify alternative reference rates. The guidance provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying U.S. GAAP to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions affected by reference rate reform if certain criteria are met. The adoption of this guidance is effective for all entities as of March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

XML

Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 30, 2021

Organization Consolidation And Presentation Of Financial Statements [Abstract]

Nature of business

Nature of business — Kirkland’s, Inc. (the “Company”) is a specialty retailer of home décor in the United States operating 373 stores in 35 states as of January 30, 2021, as well as an e-commerce website, www.kirklands.com.

Principles of consolidation

Principles of consolidation — The consolidated financial statements of the Company include the accounts of Kirkland’s, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries Kirkland’s Stores, Inc., Kirkland’s DC, Inc. and Kirkland’s Texas, LLC. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Use of estimates

Use of estimates — The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from the estimates and assumptions used.

Changes in estimates are recognized in the period when new information becomes available to management. Areas where the nature of the estimate makes it reasonably possible that actual results could materially differ from amounts estimated include, but are not limited to, impairment assessments on long-lived assets, inventory reserves, self-insurance reserves and deferred tax asset valuation allowances.

Company Response to COVID-19

Company Response to COVID-19 — The COVID-19 pandemic has created significant public health concerns as well as economic disruption, uncertainty, and volatility which has affected the Company’s business operations in fiscal 2020. The Company continues to closely monitor the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on all facets of its business, which includes the impact on its employees, customers, suppliers, vendors, business partners and supply chain networks.

In the first quarter of fiscal 2020, as a proactive and cautionary measure, the Company elected to borrow $40.0 million from its revolving credit facility, which was later repaid during the second quarter of fiscal 2020. The Company also temporarily closed all of its stores in the first quarter of fiscal 2020 and reopened stores during the second quarter of fiscal 2020. In an effort to further strengthen the Company’s financial flexibility and efficiently manage through the pandemic during the first half of the year, the Company permanently reduced store and corporate payroll, furloughed store employees, cancelled inventory purchases, reduced capital expenditures and cut advertising, outbound freight and other expenses. The Company also implemented a new curbside pickup option for customers at our stores.

The CARES Act was signed into law during our first fiscal quarter. The CARES Act, among other things, includes provisions relating to refundable payroll tax credits, deferral of employer side social security payments, net operating loss carryback periods, alternative minimum tax credit refunds, modifications to the net interest deduction limitations and technical corrections to tax depreciation methods for qualified improvement property. The CARES Act allowed the Company’s net operating losses incurred in 2019 to be carried back to preceding taxable years to generate a refund of previously paid income taxes of approximately $12.3 million. The Company has a $1.4 million employer tax credit receivable from the IRS, and the Company has deferred $3.3 million in employer payroll taxes.

All of the Company’s stores and distribution centers are currently open with enhanced safety measures. The health and safety of the Company’s employees and customers are the primary concerns of the Company’s management team. The Company has taken and continues to take numerous actions to promote health and safety, including, providing personal protective equipment to its employees, establishing mask protocols in its facilities, rolling out additional functionality to support contactless shopping experiences, implementing additional cleaning and sanitation procedures and promoting social distancing.

Basis of presentation

Basis of presentation — In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)”, which supersedes the existing guidance for lease accounting, Leases (Topic 840) (“ASU 2016-02”). At the beginning of fiscal 2019, the Company adopted the

new lease accounting guidance. The adoption of the new lease accounting guidance had a material impact to the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and related disclosures, and resulted in the recording of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities of approximately $295.2 million as of the date of adoption. This guidance was applied using the optional transition method, which allowed the Company to not recast comparative financial information but rather recognize a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the effective date in the period of adoption. An adjustment of $331,000 was made to retained earnings as a result of right-of-use assets that were impaired upon the adoption of this guidance. See Note 11 — Impairment for further discussion. The standard did not materially impact the Company’s consolidated statements of operations or cash flows. For additional information, including the required disclosures, related to the impact of adopting this standard, see Note 5 — Leases.

Fiscal year

Fiscal year — The Company’s fiscal year is comprised of the 52 or 53-week period ending on the Saturday closest to January 31. Accordingly, fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 represented the 52 weeks ended on January 30, 2021, February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019, respectively.

Reclassification

Reclassification — Deferred income taxes in the fiscal 2019 asset section of the consolidated balance sheet has been reclassified to be included in other assets to conform to the fiscal 2020 presentation. This reclassification had no effect on total assets.

Cash equivalents

Cash equivalents — Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit in banks and payments due from banks for customer credit cards, as they generally settle within 24-48 hours.

Inventory

Inventory — The Company’s inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, net of reserves and allowances, with cost determined using the average cost method, with average cost approximating current cost. Inventory cost consists of the direct cost of merchandise including freight. The carrying value of our inventory is affected by reserves for shrinkage, damages and obsolescence.

The Company incurs various types of warehousing, transportation and delivery costs in connection with inventory purchases and distribution. Such costs are included as a component of the overall cost of inventories and recognized as a component of cost of sales as the related inventory is sold. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, there were $4.0 million and $5.9 million, respectively, of distribution center costs included in inventory.

The Company estimates as a percentage of sales the amount of inventory shrinkage that has occurred between the most recently completed store physical count and the end of the financial reporting period based upon historical physical inventory count results. The Company adjusts these estimates based on changes, if any, in the trends yielded by its physical inventory counts, which occur throughout the fiscal year. The reserve for estimated inventory shrinkage was $1.7 million and $1.3 million as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, respectively.

The Company estimates a reserve for unknown damaged inventory based on historical damage data. Management adjusts these estimates based on any changes in actual damage results. The reserve for estimated damaged inventory was approximately $547,000 and $1,059,000 as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, respectively.

The Company also evaluates the cost of inventory by category and class of merchandise in relation to the estimated sales price. This evaluation is performed to ensure that inventory is not carried at a value in excess of the amount expected to be realized upon the sale of the merchandise. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, our reserve for excess and obsolescence was approximately $263,000 and $745,000, respectively.

The Company receives various payments and allowances from vendors, including rebates and other credits. The amounts received are subject to the terms of vendor agreements, which generally do not state an expiration date, but are subject to ongoing negotiations that may be impacted in the future based on changes in market conditions and changes in the profitability, quality or sell-through of the related merchandise. For all such vendor allowances, the Company records the vendor funds as a reduction of inventories. As the related inventory is sold, such allowances and credits are recognized as a reduction to cost of sales.

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets — The Company recognizes assets for expenses paid but not yet incurred, as well as other items such as supplies inventory and miscellaneous receivables. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, prepaid expenses and other current assets included receivables of approximately $3.3 million and $1.0 million, respectively, mainly related to payroll tax refunds allowed for under the CARES Act in the current year and various miscellaneous receivables in the prior year.

Property and equipment

Property and equipment — Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Furniture, fixtures and equipment are generally depreciated over five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the useful life of the asset or the expected lease term, typically ranging from five to 10 years. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred, and improvements are capitalized. Gains or losses on the disposition of fixed assets are recorded upon disposal of the related asset.

Cost of internal use software

Cost of internal use software — The Company capitalizes the cost of computer software developed or obtained for internal use. Capitalized computer software costs consist primarily of payroll-related and consulting costs incurred during the application development stage. The Company expenses costs related to preliminary project assessments, research and development, re-engineering, training and application maintenance as they are incurred. Capitalized software costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over an estimated life of three to 10 years. For fiscal years 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company recorded approximately $6.9 million, $7.0 million and $7.4 million, respectively, for depreciation of capitalized software. The net book value of these assets totaled $20.0 million and $17.0 million at the end of fiscal years 2020 and 2019, respectively. Property and equipment included capitalized computer software currently under development of $1.0 million and $6.3 million as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, respectively.

Asset retirement obligations

Asset retirement obligations — The Company recognizes a liability for the fair value of required asset retirement obligations (“ARO”) when such obligations are incurred. The Company’s AROs are primarily associated with leasehold improvements, which, at the end of a lease, the Company is contractually obligated to remove in order to comply with the lease agreement. At the inception of a lease with such conditions, the Company records an ARO liability and a corresponding capital asset in an amount equal to the estimated fair value of the obligation. The liability is estimated based on various assumptions requiring management’s judgment and is accreted to its projected future value over time. The capitalized asset is depreciated using the convention for depreciation of leasehold improvement assets. Upon satisfaction of the ARO conditions, any difference between the recorded ARO liability and the actual retirement costs incurred is recognized as an operating gain or loss in the consolidated statements of operations. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, the liability for asset retirement obligations was approximately $755,000 and $822,000, respectively and the asset was approximately $175,000 and $213,000, respectively.

Leases

Leases — Operating lease assets and liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date. Operating lease liabilities represent the present value of future lease payments. Operating lease assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset and are based upon the operating lease liabilities adjusted for prepayments or accrued lease payments, initial direct costs, lease incentives, and impairment, if any, of operating lease assets. To determine the present value of lease payments not yet paid at lease commencement or modification, the Company uses the collateralized incremental borrowing rate corresponding to the reasonably certain lease term. The Company estimates its collateralized incremental borrowing rate based upon a synthetic credit rating and yield curve analysis. See Note 5 — Leases for further discussion.

Impairment of long-lived assets

Impairment of long-lived assets — The Company evaluates the recoverability of the carrying amounts of long-lived assets, including lease right-of-use assets, when events or changes in circumstances dictate that their carrying values may not be recoverable. This review includes the evaluation of individual under-performing retail stores and assessing the recoverability of the carrying value of the assets related to the stores. Future cash flows are projected for the remaining lease life. If the estimated future cash flows are less than the carrying value of the assets, the Company records an impairment charge equal to the difference between the assets’ fair value and carrying value. The fair value is estimated using a discounted cash flow approach considering such factors as future sales levels, gross margins, changes in rent and other expenses as well as the overall operating environment specific to that store. The amount of the impairment charge is allocated proportionately to all assets in the asset group with no asset written down below its individual fair value.

In fiscal 2019, the Company shifted to estimating the fair value of long-lived fixed assets based on orderly liquidation value as the Company believes this method better reflects the fair value of the assets. The Company previously used the age-life method for calculating the fair value of long-lived assets. Under the age-life method, the replacement cost of an asset is estimated and reduced by depreciation based on the effective age of the asset and its expected useful life. The age-life method takes into consideration the fact that we will continue to use these assets based on a presumed investment decision where the expected cash flows from operating the store are greater than the expected cash flows that result from not operating the store. See Note 11 — Impairment for further discussion.

Insurance reserves

Insurance reserves — Workers’ compensation, general liability and employee medical insurance programs are predominately self-insured. It is the Company’s policy to record a self-insurance liability using estimates of claims incurred but not yet reported or paid, based on historical claims experience and actuarial methods. Actual results can vary from estimates for many reasons, including, changes in our assumptions about health care costs, the severity of accidents, the average size of claims and other factors. The Company monitors its claims experience in light of these factors and revises its estimates of insurance reserves accordingly. The level of insurance reserves may increase or decrease as a result of these changing circumstances or trends. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, the Company’s net self-insurance reserve estimates related to workers’ compensation and general liability were $5.3 million and $5.9 million, respectively. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, the Company’s net self-insurance reserve estimates related to employee medical insurance were approximately $265,000 and $513,000, respectively.

Revenue from contracts with customers

Net sales — Net sales includes the sale of merchandise, net of returns, shipping revenue, gift card breakage revenue and revenue earned from our private label credit card program and excludes sales taxes.

Sales Returns Reserve — The Company reduces net sales and estimates a liability for sales returns based on historical return trends, and the Company believes that its estimate for sales returns is an accurate reflection of future returns associated with past sales. However, as with any estimate, refund activity may vary from estimated amounts. The Company had a liability of approximately $2.0 million and $1.6 million reserved for sales returns at January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, respectively, included in accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets. The related sales return reserve product recovery asset included in prepaid expenses and other current assets on the consolidated balance sheets was approximately $850,000 and $695,000 at January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, respectively.

Deferred e-commerce revenue — The Company recognizes revenue at the time of sale of merchandise to customers in its stores. E-commerce revenue is recorded at the estimated time of delivery to the customer. If the Company receives payment before completion of its customer obligations, the revenue is deferred until the customer takes possession of the merchandise and the sale is complete. Deferred revenue related to e-commerce orders that have been shipped but not estimated to be received by customers included in accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets was approximately $1,165,000 and $656,000 at January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, respectively. The related contract assets, reflected in inventory on the consolidated balance sheets, totaled approximately $530,000 and $319,000 at January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, respectively.

Gift cards — Gift card sales are recognized as revenue when tendered for payment. While the Company honors all gift cards presented for payment, the Company determines the likelihood of redemption to be remote for certain gift card balances due to long periods of inactivity. The Company uses the redemption recognition method to account for breakage for unused gift card amounts where breakage is recognized as gift cards are redeemed for the purchase of goods based upon a historical breakage rate. In these circumstances, to the extent the Company determines there is no requirement for remitting unredeemed card balances to government agencies under unclaimed property laws, such amounts are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations as a component of net sales.

The table below sets forth selected gift card liability information (in thousands) for the periods indicated:

	January 30, 2021		February 1, 2020		February 2, 2019
Gift card liability, net of estimated breakage (included in accrued expenses)	$	13,408	$	13,128	$	13,032

The table below sets forth selected gift card breakage and redemption information (in thousands) for the periods indicated:

	52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021		52 Weeks Ended February 1, 2020		52 Weeks Ended February 2, 2019
Gift card breakage revenue (included in net sales)	$	1,172	$	1,084	$	1,102
Gift card redemptions recognized in the current period related to amounts included in the gift card contract liability balance as of the prior period		5,329		6,593		6,194

Customer loyalty program — The Company has established a loyalty program called the K-club, whereby members receive access to coupons, birthday rewards, monthly sweepstakes, sneak peeks, exclusive deals and more. During fiscal 2018, the Company eliminated the part of the program whereby customers earned loyalty points, which became certificates that could be redeemed on future purchases. In fiscal 2020, the Company redesigned the loyalty program to again offer points to members on qualifying purchases that are converted into certificates that may be redeemed on future purchases. This customer option is a material right and, accordingly, represents a separate performance obligation to the customer under ASC 606 Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The allocated consideration for the points earned by loyalty program members is deferred based on the standalone selling price of the points and recorded within accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheet. The measurement of standalone selling prices takes into consideration the estimated points that will be converted to certificates and certificates that are expected to be redeemed, based on historical redemption patterns. This measurement is applied to the Company’s portfolio of performance obligations for points earned, as all obligations have similar economic characteristics. The Company believes the impact to its consolidated financial statements would not be materially different if this measurement was applied to each individual performance obligation. Revenue is recognized for these performance obligations at a point in time when certificates are redeemed by the customer. These obligations generally relate to contracts with terms less than one year, as points expire on a rolling 12 months and certificates generally expire within two months from issuance. The related loyalty program deferred revenue included in accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets was approximately $922,000 at January 30, 2021 compared to none at February 1, 2020.

Private Label Credit Card — The Company has a private label credit card program for its customers that was amended on November 18, 2019 to extend the term of the arrangement through December 31, 2024. Each private label credit card bears the logo for the Kirkland’s brand and can only be used at the Company’s store locations and e-commerce channel. The card program is operated and managed by a third-party bank, Wells Fargo, that assumes all of the losses associated with non-payment by the private label card holders and a portion of any fraudulent usage of the accounts.

Pursuant to the private-label credit card program, the Company receives cash incentives in exchange for promised services, such as licensing our brand names and marketing the credit card program to customers. The Company can receive incentive payments for the achievement of certain private label credit card volumes and is also reimbursed for marketing and other programs associated with the private label credit card. Funds received related the Company’s private label credit card program are recorded as net sales in the consolidated statements of operations. Services promised under these agreements are separate performance obligations. Revenue is recognized as we fulfill the Company’s performance obligations throughout the contract term.

Cost of sales

Cost of sales — Cost of sales includes costs of product purchased from vendors, including inbound freight, receiving costs, inspection costs, warehousing costs, outbound freight, inventory damage and shrinkage, payroll and overhead associated with our distribution facility and its network, store occupancy costs and depreciation of leasehold improvements, equipment, and other property in our stores and distribution centers. Distribution facility costs, excluding depreciation, included in cost of sales were approximately $24.7 million, $24.6 million and $22.6 million for fiscal 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.

Compensation and benefits

Compensation and benefits — Compensation and benefits includes all store and corporate office salaries and wages and incentive pay as well as stock compensation, employee health benefits, 401(k) plan benefits, social security and unemployment taxes.

Stock-based compensation

Stock-based compensation — Stock-based compensation includes expenses associated with stock option grants, restricted stock grants, and other transactions under the Company’s stock plans. The Company recognizes compensation expense for its stock-based payments based on the fair value of the awards. The expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the vesting period within compensation and benefits in the consolidated statements of operations. See Note 6 — Stock-Based Compensation for further discussion.

Stock options — The Company allows for the settlement of vested stock options on a net share basis (“net share settled stock options”) or on a gross basis with the holder providing cash to cover the option exercise price and the minimum statutory tax withholdings. With net share settled stock options, the employee does not surrender any cash or shares upon exercise. Rather, the Company withholds the number of shares to cover the option exercise price and the minimum statutory tax withholding obligations from the shares that would otherwise be issued upon exercise. The settlement of vested stock options on a net share basis results in fewer shares issued by the Company. Options issued to employees under the 2002 Plan have maximum contractual terms of 10 years and generally vest ratably over 4 years.

Expected price volatility — The expected price volatility is a measure of the amount by which the stock price has fluctuated or is expected to fluctuate. The Company uses actual historical changes in the market value of its stock to calculate the volatility assumption as it is management’s belief that this is the best indicator of future volatility. The Company calculates daily market value changes using the historical volatility of returns for the six years prior to the grant. An increase in the expected volatility will increase compensation expense.

Risk-free interest rate — The risk-free interest rate is the U.S. Treasury rate for the week of the grant having a term equal to the expected life of the option. An increase in the risk-free interest rate will increase compensation expense.

Expected life — The expected life is the period of time over which the options granted are expected to remain outstanding. The Company uses the “simplified” method found in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 to estimate the expected life of stock option grants. Options granted have a maximum term of ten years. An increase in the expected life will increase compensation expense.

Forfeiture rate — The forfeiture rate is the percentage of options granted that were forfeited or canceled before becoming fully vested. The Company accounts for forfeitures of share-based awards as they occur. An increase in the forfeiture rate will decrease compensation expense.

Restricted stock units — The Company grants restricted stock units for a fixed number of shares to various employees and directors. The RSUs granted to directors become 100% vested on the first anniversary of the grant date. The RSUs granted to employees prior to fiscal 2020 typically vest 25% annually on the anniversary of the grant date over 4 years. The RSUs granted to employees in fiscal 2020 vest 100% on the second anniversary of the grant date. The fair values of the RSUs are equal to the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant. Compensation expense related to RSUs is recognized ratably over the requisite service period. As of January 30, 2021, there was approximately $1.2 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to RSUs which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.6 years.

Other operating expenses

Other operating expenses — Other operating expenses consist of such items as advertising, credit card processing costs, bank fees, utilities, professional fees, software maintenance costs, supplies and postage, workers’ compensation and general liability insurance, trash removal, maintenance and repairs, travel and various other store and corporate expenses.

Store preopening expenses

Store pre-opening expenses — Store pre-opening expenses, which consist primarily of occupancy, payroll and supplies costs, are expensed as incurred and are included in other operating expenses.

Advertising expenses

Advertising expenses — Advertising costs are expensed in the period in which the related activity first takes place. These expenses include costs associated with specific marketing campaigns, direct mail, email communications, paid search, digital advertising, social media, public relations and in-store signage. Total advertising expense was $14.3 million, $15.0 million and $12.8 million for fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Prepaid advertising costs were approximately $294,000 and $273,000 as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, respectively.

Income taxes

Income taxes — Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on the differences between the financial statement and the tax law treatment of certain items. Realization of certain components of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the occurrence of future events. The Company records valuation allowances to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amount it believes is more likely than not to be realized. These valuation allowances can be impacted by changes in tax laws, changes to statutory tax rates, and future taxable income levels and are based on the Company’s judgment, estimates and assumptions regarding those future events. In the event the Company was to determine that it would not be able to realize all or a portion of the net deferred tax assets in the future, the Company would increase the valuation allowance through a charge to income tax expense in the period that such determination is made. Conversely, if the Company was to determine that it would be able to realize its deferred tax assets in the future, in excess of the net carrying amounts, the Company would decrease the recorded valuation allowance through a decrease to income tax expense in the period that such determination is made. The Company established a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets in fiscal 2019, as the Company is in a three-year cumulative pre-tax loss position.

The Company provides for uncertain tax positions and the related interest and penalties, if any, based upon management’s assessment of whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. To the extent the Company prevails in matters for which a liability for an unrecognized tax benefit is established or is required to pay amounts in excess of the liability, the Company’s effective tax rate in a given financial statement period may be affected.

The Company’s income tax returns are subject to audit by local, state and federal tax authorities, and the Company is typically engaged in various tax examinations at any given time. Tax contingencies often arise due to uncertainty or differing interpretations of the application of tax rules throughout the various jurisdictions in which the Company operates. The contingencies are influenced by items such as tax audits, changes in tax laws, litigation, appeals and experience with previous similar tax positions. The Company regularly reviews its tax reserves for these items and assesses the adequacy of the amount recorded. The Company evaluates potential exposures associated with its various tax filings by estimating a liability for uncertain tax positions based on a two-step process. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step requires estimation and measurement of the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be recognized upon settlement.

See Note 3 — Income Taxes for further discussion.

Sales and use taxes

Sales and use taxes — Governmental authorities assess sales and use taxes on the sale and purchase of goods and services. The Company excludes taxes collected from customers in its reported net sales results. Such amounts are reflected as accrued expenses until remitted to the taxing authorities.

Concentrations of risk

Concentrations of risk — The Company has risk of geographic concentration with respect to the sourcing of its inventory purchases. Approximately 76% of the Company’s inventory purchases in fiscal 2020 were from China.

The Company also has vendor concentration risk as one vendor, that was formally a related-party, accounted for 10.9%, 17.4%, and 20.7% of purchases in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. See Note 9 — Related Party Transactions for further discussion.

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents. The Company’s cash balances are primarily on deposit at high credit quality financial institutions.

Fair value of financial instruments

Fair value of financial instruments — Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The Company uses a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value.  These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, other current assets and accounts payable approximate fair value because of their short maturities.

The Company maintained The Executive Non-Qualified Excess Plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”) as discussed further in Note 7 — Retirement Benefit Plans for further discussion. The Deferred Compensation Plan was funded, and the Company invested participant deferrals into trust assets, which were invested in a variety of mutual funds that are Level 1 inputs. The plan assets and plan liabilities were adjusted to fair value on a recurring basis.

The Company measures certain assets at fair value on a non-recurring basis, including the evaluation of long-lived assets for impairment using Company-specific assumptions which would fall within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company uses market participant rents to calculate the fair value of right-of-use assets and discounted future cash flows of the asset or asset group using a discount rate that approximates the cost of capital of a market participant to quantify fair value for other long-lived assets. See Note 11 — Impairment for further discussion.

Earnings (loss) per share

Earnings (loss) per share — Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during each period presented. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding plus the dilutive effect of stock equivalents outstanding during the applicable periods using the treasury stock method. Diluted earnings (loss) per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if options to purchase stock were exercised into common stock and if outstanding grants of restricted stock were vested. Stock options and restricted stock units that were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share, because to do so would have been antidilutive, were approximately 201,000 shares, 1,521,000 shares and 923,000 shares for fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Comprehensive income (loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) — Comprehensive income (loss) does not differ from the consolidated net income (loss) presented in the consolidated statements of operations.

Operating segments

Operating segments — The Company is a specialty retailer of home décor that offers its products in its stores and on its website. The Company has determined that each of its stores and its e-commerce operations is an operating segment. The operating performance of all stores and e-commerce has been aggregated into one reportable segment. The Company’s operating segments are aggregated for financial reporting purposes because they are similar in each of the following areas: economic characteristics, class of consumer, nature of products and distribution methods. Revenues from external customers are derived from merchandise sales, and the Company does not rely on any major customers as a source of revenue. Across its store base, the Company operates one store format under the Kirkland’s name in which each store offers the same general mix of merchandise with similar categories and similar customers. The Company believes that disaggregating its operating segments would not provide meaningful additional information.

New accounting pronouncements recently adopted and new accounting pronouncements not yet adopted

New Accounting Pronouncements Recently Adopted

In August 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement,” which amends the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements by removing, modifying and adding certain disclosures. This guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2020. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, “Income Taxes (Topic 740) Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes.” The amendments in this ASU simplify the accounting for income taxes by removing specific exceptions included in Topic 740, introducing simplifications and making technical corrections. For public business entities, the amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this guidance in the second quarter of fiscal 2020. For the 26-week period ended August 1, 2020, the pretax loss was greater than the forecasted pretax loss for the year, which historically resulted in a calculation that limited the tax benefit that could be recorded. The adoption of ASU 2019-12 provided the Company an exception to this methodology. The adoption of this guidance did not have any other material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

New Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” which amends the impairment model to utilize an expected loss methodology in place of the currently used incurred loss methodology, which will result in more timely recognition of losses. The new guidance applies to financial assets measured at amortized cost basis, including receivables that result from revenue transactions and held-to-maturity debt securities. This guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2022 for non-accelerated filers, and early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting.” This guidance is in response to accounting concerns regarding contract modifications and hedge accounting because of impending rate reform associated with structural risks of interbank offered rates (IBORs), and, particularly, the risk of cessation of the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR)

related to regulators in several jurisdictions around the world having undertaken reference rate reform initiatives to identify alternative reference rates. The guidance provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying U.S. GAAP to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions affected by reference rate reform if certain criteria are met. The adoption of this guidance is effective for all entities as of March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

XML

Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 30, 2021

Payables And Accruals [Abstract]

Schedule of Gift Card Liability, Breakage and Redemption Information

The table below sets forth selected gift card liability information (in thousands) for the periods indicated:

	January 30, 2021		February 1, 2020		February 2, 2019
Gift card liability, net of estimated breakage (included in accrued expenses)	$	13,408	$	13,128	$	13,032

The table below sets forth selected gift card breakage and redemption information (in thousands) for the periods indicated:

	52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021		52 Weeks Ended February 1, 2020		52 Weeks Ended February 2, 2019
Gift card breakage revenue (included in net sales)	$	1,172	$	1,084	$	1,102
Gift card redemptions recognized in the current period related to amounts included in the gift card contract liability balance as of the prior period		5,329		6,593		6,194

XML

Accrued Expenses (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 30, 2021

Payables And Accruals [Abstract]

Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses are comprised of the following (in thousands):

	January 30, 2021		February 1, 2020
Gift cards	$	13,408	$	13,128
Salaries and wages		9,298		6,647
Sales taxes		1,863		1,816
Payroll taxes		3,515		400
Workers’ compensation and general liability reserves		2,321		2,435
Sales returns reserve		2,015		1,554
Income taxes payable		1,911		32
Deferred e-commerce revenue		1,165		656
Loyalty program deferred revenue		922		—
Other		1,036		2,105
	$	37,454	$	28,773

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 30, 2021

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Tax (Benefit) Expense

The Company’s income tax (benefit) expense is computed based on the federal statutory rates and the state statutory rates, net of related federal benefit. The Company’s provision for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):

	52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021			52 Weeks Ended February 1, 2020			52 Weeks Ended February 2, 2019
Current tax (benefit) expense:
Federal	$	(10,124	)	$	(225	)	$	708
State		52			612			810
Deferred tax expense (benefit):
Federal		—			362			455
State		1,525			(71	)		58
	$	(8,547	)	$	678		$	2,031

Reconciliation of Income Tax (Benefit) Expense at the Statutory Federal Income Tax Rate

A reconciliation of income tax (benefit) expense at the statutory federal income tax rate to the amount provided is as follows (in thousands):

	52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021			52 Weeks Ended February 1, 2020			52 Weeks Ended February 2, 2019
Tax at federal statutory rate	$	1,699		$	(11,043	)	$	1,220
State income taxes, net of federal benefit		338			(1,456	)		651
Tax credits		(90	)		(192	)		(437	)
Enactment of tax legislation		(12,276	)		—			—
Executive compensation		177			—			35
Stock based compensation programs		274			1,162			545
Valuation allowance		1,292			12,035			—
Other		39			172			17
Income tax (benefit) expense	$	(8,547	)	$	678		$	2,031

Significant Components of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

	January 30, 2021			February 1, 2020
Deferred tax assets:
Accruals	$	3,147		$	2,622
Inventory valuation		448			739
State tax credit carryforwards		148			148
Federal and state net operating loss carryforwards		1,111			7,462
Impairment		2,410			4,809
Operating lease liabilities		48,808			64,819
Other		2,366			2,505
Total deferred tax assets		58,438			83,104
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets		(6,033	)		(12,145	)
Net deferred tax assets		52,405			70,959
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation		(12,556	)		(16,834	)
Operating lease right-of-use assets		(39,126	)		(51,974	)
Prepaid assets		(723	)		(626	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(52,405	)		(69,434	)
Net deferred tax assets	$	—		$	1,525

XML

Leases (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 30, 2021

Leases [Abstract]

Schedule of Classification of Lease Cost

The Company's classification of lease cost on the Company's condensed consolidated statements of operations is as follows (in thousands):

	52 Week Period Ended (1)		52 Week Period Ended (1)
	January 30, 2021		February 1, 2020
Cost of sales (2)
Operating lease cost	$	43,753	$	53,382
Short-term lease cost		755		1,469
Variable lease cost		1,554		1,329
Total lease cost in cost of sales		46,062		56,180
Other operating expenses
Operating lease cost		1,862		2,824
Short-term lease cost		60		382
Total lease cost in other operating expenses		1,922		3,206
Total lease cost	$	47,984	$	59,386

(1) Total lease cost excludes expense for non-lease components including common area maintenance and excludes costs that are not a component of the lease including real estate taxes, insurance, sales taxes and utilities for the Company’s leases.

(2) Cost of sales includes all distribution center lease costs and store occupancy-related lease costs.

Rent Expense Under Operating Leases

As of January 30, 2021, future minimum payments, by year and in the aggregate, under all operating leases with initial terms of one year or more consist of the following (in thousands):

	Operating Leases
2021	$	60,159
2022		48,140
2023		37,330
2024		30,395
2025		23,726
Thereafter		32,230
Total lease payments (1)		231,980
Less: interest		(38,031	)
Present value of lease liabilities	$	193,949

(1) Operating lease payments exclude $485,000 of legally binding minimum lease payments for a lease signed but not yet commenced for one new store.

Schedule of Lease Term and Discount Rate

The Company’s lease term and discount rate is as follows:

	January 30, 2021
Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)		5.2
Weighted-average discount rate		7.4	%

Schedule of Cash Paid for Amounts Included in Measurement of Lease Liabilities

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities is as follows (in thousands):

	52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021		52 Weeks Ended February 1, 2020
Operating cash flows from operating leases	$	57,310	$	64,654

XML

Stock-Based Compensation (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 30, 2021

Disclosure Of Compensation Related Costs Sharebased Payments [Abstract]

Stock Option Activity

Stock option activity for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2021 was as follows:

	Number of Options			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Balance at February 1, 2020		381,513		$	11.76
Options exercised		(52,561	)		8.55
Options forfeited		(131,684	)		14.23
Options expired		(23,750	)		18.14
Balance at January 30, 2021		173,518		$	9.99		6.0	$	2,686
Options Exercisable As of:
January 30, 2021		83,843		$	16.11		3.6	$	785

Other information related to option activity during fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 is as follows:

	52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021		52 Weeks Ended February 1, 2020		52 Weeks Ended February 2, 2019
Weighted average grant date fair value of options granted (per share)	$	—	$	3.28	$	6.18
Total fair value of stock options vested (in thousands)	$	119	$	543	$	834
Intrinsic value of stock options exercised (in thousands)	$	538	$	—	$	684

Weighted Average for Key Assumptions Used in Determining the Fair Value of Options Granted

The weighted averages for key assumptions used in determining the fair value of options granted for the periods indicated below and a summary of the methodology applied to develop each assumption are as follows:

	52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021	52 Weeks Ended February 1, 2020			52 Weeks Ended February 2, 2019
Expected price volatility	— %		53	%		47	%
Risk-free interest rate	— %		2.24	%		2.79	%
Expected life	— years	6.3 years			6.3 years
Dividend yield	— %		0	%		0	%

RSU Activity

RSU activity for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2021, was as follows:

	Shares			Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Non-Vested at February 1, 2020		433,444		$	4.67
Granted		1,050,421			0.92
Vested		(281,604	)		3.61
Forfeited		(32,858	)		1.92
Non-Vested at January 30, 2021		1,169,403		$	1.63

Share-based Payment Arrangement, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit, Activity

Other information related to RSU activity during fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 is as follows:

	52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021		52 Weeks Ended February 1, 2020		52 Weeks Ended February 2, 2019
Weighted average grant date fair value of RSUs (per share)	$	0.92	$	4.32	$	10.83
Total fair value of restricted stock units vested (in thousands)	$	638	$	465	$	1,387

XML

Related Party Transactions (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 30, 2021

Related Party Transactions [Abstract]

Schedule of Selected Results Related to Vendor

The table below sets forth selected results related to this vendor, for the time period that the vendor was a related party, in dollars (thousands) and percentages for the periods indicated:

	52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021		52 Weeks Ended February 1, 2020			52 Weeks Ended February 2, 2019
Related Party Vendor
Purchases	$	—	$	19,577		$	54,280
Purchases as a percent of total merchandise purchases	— %			7.6	%		20.7	%

XML

Share Repurchase Plan (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 30, 2021

Treasury Stock Transactions [Abstract]

Schedule of Share Repurchase Plan Information

The table below sets forth selected share repurchase plan information (in thousands, except share amounts) for the periods indicated:

	52 Weeks Ended January 30, 2021		52 Weeks Ended February 1, 2020		52 Weeks Ended February 2, 2019
Shares repurchased and retired		9,926		807,275		1,650,748
Share repurchase cost	$	178	$	3,657	$	15,717

XML

Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies - Additional Information (Details)		3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Nov. 18, 2019	May 02, 2020 USD ($)	Jan. 30, 2021 USD ($) store state Segment shares	Feb. 01, 2020 USD ($) shares	Feb. 02, 2019 USD ($) shares	Feb. 03, 2019 USD ($)
Description Of Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Number of home decor and gifts store | store			373
Number of states | state			35
Tax refund under CARES Act			$ 12,300,000
Deferred employer payroll taxes			3,300,000
Right-of-use assets			147,334,000	$ 200,067,000
Lease liabilities			193,949,000
Retained earnings			(79,469,000)	(95,930,000)
Distribution center costs included in inventory			4,000,000.0	5,900,000
Receivables included in prepaid expenses and other current assets			3,300,000	1,000,000.0
Depreciation of capitalized software			6,900,000	7,000,000.0	$ 7,400,000
Net book value of capitalized software assets			20,000,000.0	17,000,000.0
Capitalized computer software currently under development			1,000,000.0	6,300,000
Liability for asset retirement obligations			755,000	822,000
Capitalized costs, asset retirement costs			175,000	213,000
Liability for sales returns			2,015,000	1,554,000
Sales return reserve product recovery asset			850,000	695,000
Deferred e-commerce revenue			1,165,000	656,000
Contract assets in inventory			530,000	319,000
Private label credit card program extended date	Dec. 31, 2024
Distribution expense			24,700,000	24,600,000	22,600,000
Advertising expense			14,300,000	15,000,000.0	$ 12,800,000
Prepaid advertising			$ 294,000	$ 273,000
Tax benefit likelihood recognized			50.00%
Vendor geographic concentration			76.00%
Vendor concentration			10.90%	17.40%	20.70%
Stock options and restricted stock units not included in the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per share (in shares) | shares			201,000	1,521,000	923,000
Number of reportable segments | Segment			1
Workers Compensation and General Liability
Description Of Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Self-insurance reserve			$ 5,300,000	$ 5,900,000
Employee Medical Insurance
Description Of Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Self-insurance reserve			265,000	513,000
Customer Loyalty Program
Description Of Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Deferred revenue			$ 922,000	0
Minimum | Capitalized Software Costs
Description Of Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Estimated life of software			3 years
Maximum | Capitalized Software Costs
Description Of Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Estimated life of software			10 years
Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment
Description Of Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives of assets			5 years
Leasehold Improvements | Minimum
Description Of Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives of assets			5 years
Leasehold Improvements | Maximum
Description Of Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives of assets			10 years
Inventory Shrinkage
Description Of Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Inventory Valuation Reserves			$ 1,700,000	1,300,000
Damaged Inventory
Description Of Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Inventory Valuation Reserves			547,000	1,059,000
Excess and Obsolescence
Description Of Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Inventory Valuation Reserves			263,000	$ 745,000
Revision of Prior Period, Accounting Standards Update, Adjustment | Accounting Standards Update 2016-02
Description Of Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Right-of-use assets						$ 295,200,000
Lease liabilities						295,200,000
Retained earnings						$ 331,000
IRS
Description Of Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Employer tax credit receivable			$ 1,400,000
Revolving credit facility
Description Of Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Proceeds from secured lines of credit		$ 40,000,000.0

XML

Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies - Schedule of Gift Card Liability, Breakage and Redemption Information (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 30, 2021	Feb. 01, 2020	Feb. 02, 2019
Gift Card Breakage And Redemption [Abstract]
Gift card liability, net of estimated breakage (included in accrued expenses)	$ 13,408	$ 13,128	$ 13,032
Gift card breakage revenue (included in net sales)	1,172	1,084	1,102
Gift card redemptions recognized in the current period related to amounts included in the gift card contract liability balance as of the prior period	$ 5,329	$ 6,593	$ 6,194

XML

Accrued Expenses (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Jan. 30, 2021	Feb. 01, 2020	Feb. 02, 2019
Payables And Accruals [Abstract]
Gift cards	$ 13,408	$ 13,128	$ 13,032
Salaries and wages	9,298	6,647
Sales taxes	1,863	1,816
Payroll taxes	3,515	400
Workers’ compensation and general liability reserves	2,321	2,435
Sales returns reserve	2,015	1,554
Income taxes payable	1,911	32
Deferred e-commerce revenue	1,165	656
Loyalty program deferred revenue	922
Other	1,036	2,105
Total accrued expenses	$ 37,454	$ 28,773

XML

Income Taxes - Income Tax (Benefit) Expense (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 30, 2021	Feb. 01, 2020	Feb. 02, 2019
Current tax (benefit) expense:
Federal	$ (10,124)	$ (225)	$ 708
State	52	612	810
Deferred tax expense (benefit):
Federal		362	455
State	1,525	(71)	58
Income tax (benefit) expense	$ (8,547)	$ 678	$ 2,031

XML

Income Taxes - Reconciliation of Income Tax (Benefit) Expense at the Statutory Federal Income Tax Rate (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 30, 2021	Feb. 01, 2020	Feb. 02, 2019
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Tax at federal statutory rate	$ 1,699	$ (11,043)	$ 1,220
State income taxes, net of federal benefit	338	(1,456)	651
Tax credits	(90)	(192)	(437)
Enactment of tax legislation	(12,276)	0	0
Executive compensation	177	0	35
Stock based compensation programs	274	1,162	545
Valuation allowance	1,292	12,035	0
Other	39	172	17
Income tax (benefit) expense	$ (8,547)	$ 678	$ 2,031

XML

Income Taxes - Significant Components of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Jan. 30, 2021	Feb. 01, 2020
Deferred tax assets:
Accruals	$ 3,147	$ 2,622
Inventory valuation	448	739
State tax credit carryforwards	148	148
Federal and state net operating loss carryforwards	1,111	7,462
Impairment	2,410	4,809
Operating lease liabilities	48,808	64,819
Other	2,366	2,505
Total deferred tax assets	58,438	83,104
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets	(6,033)	(12,145)
Net deferred tax assets	52,405	70,959
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation	(12,556)	(16,834)
Operating lease right-of-use assets	(39,126)	(51,974)
Prepaid assets	(723)	(626)
Total deferred tax liabilities	$ (52,405)	(69,434)
Net deferred tax assets		$ 1,525

XML

Income Taxes - Additional Information (Details) - USD ($)		12 Months Ended
	Mar. 27, 2020	Jan. 30, 2021	Feb. 01, 2020
Income Tax [Line Items]
Income tax benefit related to the carryback of the 2019 federal net operating loss to prior periods pursuant to the CARES Act	$ 12,300,000
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets		$ 6,033,000	$ 12,145,000
Unrecognized tax benefits		0	0
Accrued payment of interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits		0	$ 0
State and Local
Income Tax [Line Items]
Operating loss carryforwards		21,300,000
State tax credit carryforwards		$ 187,000
State and Local | Earliest Tax Year
Income Tax [Line Items]
Operating loss carryforwards expirations period		2035
Tax credit carryforwards expiration period		2023
State and Local | Latest Tax Year
Income Tax [Line Items]
Operating loss carryforwards expirations period		2040
Tax credit carryforwards expiration period		2025

XML

Senior Credit Facility - Additional Information (Details) - Revolving credit facility	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 30, 2021 USD ($)
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Percentage of fee on unused portion of the facility	0.25%
Letters of Credit Outstanding, Amount	$ 1,750,000
Minimum
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Interest at an annual rate equal to LIBOR plus a margin range	1.25%
Maximum
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Interest at an annual rate equal to LIBOR plus a margin range	1.75%
Secured credit facility
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Line of credit facility maximum borrowing capacity	$ 75,000,000
Swingline availability	10,000,000
Incremental accordion feature	25,000,000
Revolving line of credit	0
Available borrowing capacity of line of credit facility	$ 39,500,000

XML

Leases - Additional Information (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 30, 2021
Lease Cost [Line Items]
Lease term expiration through date	2030
Maximum
Lease Cost [Line Items]
Maximum term of operating leases	10 years

XML

Leases - Schedule of Classification of Lease Cost (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 30, 2021	Feb. 01, 2020
Lease Cost [Line Items]
Lease, cost	$ 47,984	$ 59,386
Cost of Sales
Lease Cost [Line Items]
Operating lease cost	43,753	53,382
Short-term lease cost	755	1,469
Variable lease cost	1,554	1,329
Lease, cost	46,062	56,180
Other Operating Income (Expense)
Lease Cost [Line Items]
Operating lease cost	1,862	2,824
Short-term lease cost	60	382
Lease, cost	$ 1,922	$ 3,206

XML

Leases - Schedule of Future Minimum Lease Payments Under Operating Leases (Details) $ in Thousands	Jan. 30, 2021 USD ($)
Leases [Abstract]
Operating Leases, Future Minimum Payments Due, Next Twelve Months	$ 60,159
Operating Leases, Future Minimum Payments, Due in Two Years	48,140
Operating Leases, Future Minimum Payments, Due in Three Years	37,330
Operating Leases, Future Minimum Payments, Due in Four Years	30,395
Operating Leases, Future Minimum Payments, Due in Five Years	23,726
Thereafter	32,230
Total minimum lease payments	231,980
Less: interest	(38,031)
Present value of lease liabilities	$ 193,949

XML

Leases - Schedule of Future Minimum Lease Payments Under Operating Leases (Parenthetical) (Details)	Jan. 30, 2021 USD ($)
Leases [Abstract]
Guarantor Obligations, Maximum Exposure, Undiscounted	$ 485,000

XML

Leases - Schedule of Lease Term and Discount Rate (Details)	Jan. 30, 2021
Leases [Abstract]
Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)	5 years 2 months 12 days
Weighted-average discount rate	7.40%

XML

Leases - Schedule of Cash Paid for Amounts Included in Measurement of Lease Liabilities (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 30, 2021	Feb. 01, 2020
Leases [Abstract]
Operating cash flows from operating leases	$ 57,310	$ 64,654

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Additional Information (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 30, 2021	Feb. 01, 2020	Feb. 02, 2019
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock-based compensation expense	$ 1,171	$ 3,254	$ 2,015
Maximum shares of common stock award (in shares)	4,500,000
Shares reserved for future stock-based grants (in shares)	1,280,595
Restricted Stock Units
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Share-based Payment Arrangement, Option, Exercise Price Range, Lower Range Limit	$ 0.82
Share-based Payment Arrangement, Option, Exercise Price Range, Upper Range Limit	$ 12.54
Restricted stock units outstanding (in shares)	1,169,403	433,444
Stock Options
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Options to purchase outstanding common stock (in shares)	173,518	381,513
Share-based Payment Arrangement, Option, Exercise Price Range, Lower Range Limit	$ 1.65
Share-based Payment Arrangement, Option, Exercise Price Range, Upper Range Limit	$ 25.52

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Stock Options (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 30, 2021	Feb. 01, 2020	Feb. 02, 2019
Stock Options
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Expiration Period	10 years
Vesting period of options issued to employees	4 years
Options to purchase outstanding common stock (in shares)	173,518	381,513
Unrecognized stock compensation expense	$ 141,000
Weighted average expected recognition period of stock compensation expense	2 years
Weighted average grant date fair value of options granted (in dollars per share)		$ 3.28	$ 6.18
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Vested in Period, Fair Value	$ 119,000	$ 543,000	$ 834,000
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Exercises in Period, Intrinsic Value	$ 538,000	$ 0	$ 684,000
Stock options grant in period	0
In-the-Money Stock Options
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Options to purchase outstanding common stock (in shares)	152,018

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Stock Option Activity (Details) - Stock Options $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 30, 2021 USD ($) $ / shares shares
Number of Options
Beginning balance (in shares) | shares	381,513
Options exercised (in shares) | shares	(52,561)
Options forfeited (in shares) | shares	(131,684)
Options expired (in shares) | shares	(23,750)
Ending balance (in shares) | shares	173,518
Options Exercisable (in shares) | shares	83,843
Weighted Average Exercise Price
Balance (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	$ 11.76
Options exercised (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	8.55
Options forfeited (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	14.23
Options expired (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	18.14
Balance (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	9.99
Exercisable (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	$ 16.11
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years)
Outstanding	6 years
Options Exercisable	3 years 7 months 6 days
Aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding | $	$ 2,686
Aggregate Intrinsic value of options exercisable | $	$ 785

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Cancelled Stock Options (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Feb. 01, 2020 USD ($) $ / shares
Cancelled Stock Options [Abstract]
Total value of cancelled options | $	$ 861,000
Share-based Payment Arrangement, Options Cancelled, Exercise Price Range, Lower Range Limit	$ 7.14
Share-based Payment Arrangement, Options Cancelled, Exercise Price Range, Upper Range Limit	$ 25.52

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Weighted Average for Key Assumptions Used in Determining the Fair Value of Options Granted (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Feb. 01, 2020	Feb. 02, 2019
Disclosure Of Compensation Related Costs Sharebased Payments [Abstract]
Expected price volatility	53.00%	47.00%
Risk-free interest rate	2.24%	2.79%
Expected life	6 years 3 months 18 days	6 years 3 months 18 days
Dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Expected Life, Forfeiture Rate and Restricted Stock Units (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 30, 2021	Feb. 01, 2020	Feb. 02, 2019
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Expected life		6 years 3 months 18 days	6 years 3 months 18 days
Restricted Stock Units
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Unrecognized compensation expense related to RSUs	$ 1.2
Weighted average expected recognition period of stock compensation expense	1 year 7 months 6 days
Restricted Stock Units | Directors
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Percent of RSUs vested on the first anniversary of grant	100.00%
Restricted Stock Units | Employees
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Percent of RSUs vested on the first anniversary of grant		25.00%
Percent of RSUs vested on the second anniversary of grant	100.00%
Vesting period of restricted stock units issued to employees		4 years
Maximum
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Expected life	10 years

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - RSU Activity (Details) - Restricted Stock Units - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 30, 2021	Feb. 01, 2020	Feb. 02, 2019
Shares
Beginning balance, non-vested (in shares)	433,444
Granted (in shares)	1,050,421
Vested (in shares)	(281,604)
Forfeited (in shares)	(32,858)
Ending balance, non-vested (in shares)	1,169,403	433,444
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Beginning balance (in dollars per share)	$ 4.67
Granted (in dollars per share)	0.92	$ 4.32	$ 10.83
Vested (in dollars per share)	3.61
Forfeited (in dollars per share)	1.92
Ending balance, non-vested (in shares)	1.63	4.67
Granted (in dollars per share)	$ 0.92	$ 4.32	$ 10.83
Fair value of restricted stock units vested	$ 638	$ 465	$ 1,387

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Employee Stock Purchase Plan (Details) - shares				1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 01, 2020	Jan. 01, 2019	Jan. 01, 2017	Jun. 30, 2016	Jan. 30, 2021	Feb. 01, 2020	Feb. 02, 2019	Jul. 31, 2002
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Maximum shares of common stock award (in shares)					4,500,000
Shares remaining unissued under the original authorization (in shares)					1,280,595
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Period of service required by employees to purchase shares					12 months
Discount rate of employee stock purchase plan					15.00%
Maximum shares of common stock award (in shares)					730,000			500,000
Number of additional shares authorized (in shares)	35,000	35,000	35,000	125,000
Shares of common stock issued (in shares)					34,999	104,160	37,128
Shares remaining unissued under the original authorization (in shares)					39

XML

Retirement Benefit Plans - Additional Information (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 30, 2021	Feb. 01, 2020	Feb. 02, 2019
Postemployment Benefits [Abstract]
Maximum matching contribution percent for 401(k) savings plan	4.00%	4.00%	4.00%
Percent of employee's contribution matched for 401(k) savings plan	100.00%	100.00%	100.00%
Company's matching contributions to the 401(k) savings plan	$ 860,000	$ 989,000	$ 904,000
Additional contributions made on behalf of employees to 401(k) savings plan	0	0	0
Deferred Compensation Plan assets	0	1,900,000
Deferred Compensation Plan liabilities	0	1,900,000
Company's matching contributions	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Related Party Transactions - Schedule of Selected Results Related to Vendor (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 30, 2021	Feb. 01, 2020	Feb. 02, 2019
Related Party Transactions [Abstract]
Purchases	$ 0	$ 19,577	$ 54,280
Purchases as a percent of total merchandise purchases		7.60%	20.70%

XML

Share Repurchase Plan - Additional Information (Details) - USD ($)	Jan. 30, 2021	Dec. 03, 2020	Sep. 24, 2018	Aug. 22, 2017
Treasury Stock Transactions [Abstract]
Share repurchase plan, authorized amount		$ 20,000,000	$ 10,000,000	$ 10,000,000
Share repurchase plan, remaining authorized amount	$ 19,800,000

XML

Share Repurchase Plan - Schedule of Share Repurchase Plan Information (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 30, 2021	Feb. 01, 2020	Feb. 02, 2019
Treasury Stock Transactions [Abstract]
Shares repurchased and retired	9,926	807,275	1,650,748
Share repurchase cost	$ 178	$ 3,657	$ 15,717

XML

Impairment - Additional Information (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 30, 2021 USD ($) store	Feb. 01, 2020 USD ($) store	Feb. 02, 2019 USD ($)
Impaired Long-Lived Assets Held and Used [Line Items]
Accumulated deficit	$ (79,469,000)	$ (95,930,000)
Asset impairment charge	9,387,000	19,229,000	$ 0
Impairment of operating lease right-of-use assets	6,200	2,900
Impairment net of tax	$ 6,900,000	$ 15,100,000
Right of Use Asset
Impaired Long-Lived Assets Held and Used [Line Items]
Number of store locations with impairment | store	24	9
Property and Equipment
Impaired Long-Lived Assets Held and Used [Line Items]
Number of store locations with impairment | store	24	38
Impairment of long-lived assets held-for-use	$ 3,100,000	$ 9,900,000
Excess Fixture Impairment
Impaired Long-Lived Assets Held and Used [Line Items]
Impairment of long-lived assets held-for-use	$ 100,000	900,000
Software Projects
Impaired Long-Lived Assets Held and Used [Line Items]
Impairment of long-lived assets held-for-use		4,700,000
ECommerce Distribution Center
Impaired Long-Lived Assets Held and Used [Line Items]
Impairment of long-lived assets held-for-use		800,000
Cumulative Effect, Period of Adoption, Adjustment | Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle
Impaired Long-Lived Assets Held and Used [Line Items]
Accumulated deficit		$ 331,000

XML

New Accounting Pronouncements - Additional Information (Details)	Jan. 30, 2021
ASU 2018-13
New Accounting Pronouncements Or Change In Accounting Principle [Line Items]
Change in Accounting Principle, Accounting Standards Update, Adopted [true false]	true
Change in Accounting Principle, Accounting Standards Update, Adoption Date	May 02, 2020
Change in Accounting Principle, Accounting Standards Update, Immaterial Effect [true false]	true
ASU 2019-12
New Accounting Pronouncements Or Change In Accounting Principle [Line Items]
Change in Accounting Principle, Accounting Standards Update, Adopted [true false]	true
Change in Accounting Principle, Accounting Standards Update, Adoption Date	Aug. 01, 2020